From 5393e5fc942e45bed38de5cb9a75e67521f6d051 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Martin Trigaux Date: Tue, 10 Nov 2015 09:13:15 +0100 Subject: [PATCH] [I18N] fetch and correct terms Welcome to Spanish --- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 9870 ++++++++++++++++++++++++ locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po | 23 + locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 1768 +++++ locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 23 + locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po | 880 +++ locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 2186 ++++++ locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 279 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 4 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po | 408 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 2185 ++++++ 10 files changed, 17281 insertions(+), 345 deletions(-) create mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po create mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po create mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po create mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po create mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po create mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po create mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6022d629c --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -0,0 +1,9870 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# +# Translators: +# Oihane Crucelaegui , 2015 +# Rojas Pablo , 2015 +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-05 15:48+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-06 23:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Rojas Pablo \n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/es/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: es\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../accounting.rst:5 +msgid "Accounting" +msgstr "Contabilidad" + +#: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 +msgid "Bank & Cash" +msgstr "Banco y Caja" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 +msgid "Bank Feeds" +msgstr "Comisiones Bancarias" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 +msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" +msgstr "Importar archivos de estados de cuenta CODA (sólo Bélgica)" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 +msgid "" +"CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as" +" well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your " +"bank statements." +msgstr "CODA es un archivo para estados de cuenta bancarios en Bélgica. La mayoría de los bancos Belgas, así como el software Isabel, permiten descargar un archivo CODA con todos sus estados de cuenta bancarios." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting " +"software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank " +"statements." +msgstr "Con Odoo, puede descargar un archivo CODA desde su banco o software de contabilidad e importarlo directamente en Odoo. Esto creará todos los estados de cuenta bancaria." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Test now the feature `with this sample CODA file " +"`__" +msgstr "Prueba ahora la función `con este archivo CODA de muestra `__" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:32 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:31 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20 +msgid "Install the CODA feature" +msgstr "Instalar la función CODA" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the " +"CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can" +" move directly to the next section `Import your first coda file " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting " +"application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " +"From the accounting settings, check the option **Import of Bank Statements " +"in .CODA Format** and apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 +msgid "Import your first CODA file" +msgstr "Importe su primer archivo CODA" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " +"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " +"**Dashboard**, and click on the button **More** on the bank account card. " +"Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " +"all your bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank " +"reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 +msgid "Importing CODA files" +msgstr "Importando archivos CODA" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57 +msgid "" +"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " +"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " +"import, you don't need to go to the **More** button anymore, you can " +"directly click on the link **Import Statement**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " +"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " +"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" +" you get or make to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " +"reconciliation process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have " +"already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two" +" times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new" +" bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`ofx`" +msgstr ":doc:`ofx`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`qif`" +msgstr ":doc:`qif`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`synchronize`" +msgstr ":doc:`synchronize`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 +msgid ":doc:`manual`" +msgstr ":doc:`manual`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 +msgid "Register bank statements manually" +msgstr "Registrar estados de cuenta bancario manualmente" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Información general" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank " +"but also register your bank statements manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 +msgid "" +"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to " +"do is install the accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 +msgid "Create your Bank Statements" +msgstr "Cree sus Estados de Cuenta Bancarios" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In the Dashboard, click on the button **NEW STATEMENT** related to the bank " +"journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link " +"will be found underneath." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank " +"statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it " +"empty. We recommend to fill in the partner to ease the reconciliation " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be" +" equal to the computed balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 +msgid "When you are done, click on **SAVE**." +msgstr "Cuando esté realizado, clic en **GUARDAR**." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 +msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" +msgstr "Conciliar los estados de cuenta bancarios" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button" +" |manual04|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" +" on **Reconcile # Items**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is " +"missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 +msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 +msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the " +"reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 +msgid "Close Bank Statements" +msgstr "Cerrar Estado de Cuenta Bancario" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86 +msgid "" +"On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, " +"then click on Bank Statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 +msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." +msgstr "Para cerrar el estado de cuenta bancario, haga clic en **Validar**." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" +msgstr ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" +msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 +msgid "Import OFX statement files" +msgstr "Importar archivos de estados de cuenta OFX" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic " +"exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and " +"consumers via the Internet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting " +"software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all " +"bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Test now the feature `with this sample OFX file " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." +" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" +" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " +"option **Import in .OFX Format** and apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " +"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " +"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" +" on **Import Statement** to load your first OFX file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " +"all your bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 +msgid "Importing OFX files" +msgstr "Importar archivos OFX" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 +msgid "" +"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " +"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " +"import, you don't need to go to the **More** menu anymore, you can directly " +"click on the link **Import Statement**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " +"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " +"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" +" you get or do to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " +"reconciliation process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`coda`" +msgstr ":doc:`coda`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" +msgstr "¿Cómo sincronizar su cuenta PayPal con Odoo?" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can synchronize your PayPal account. That way, you don't have" +" to record all your PayPal transaction in your favorite accounting software." +" The synchronization is done every 4 hours, and you can start reconciling " +"PayPal payments in just a click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "Install the account_yodlee module" +msgstr "Instalar el módulo account_yodlee" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Start by installing the **account_yodlee** module, if it is not already " +"installed. To do that, got the the menu :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` of the accounting application. In the section " +"**Bank & Cash**, set the option **Bank Interface - Sync your bank feeds " +"automatically**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 +msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done." +msgstr "Haga clic en el botón Aplicar una vez que esto está realizado." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 +msgid "Setup your PayPal account" +msgstr "Configurar su cuenta PayPal" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"A PayPal account in Odoo is managed like a bank account. To setup your " +"PayPal account, use the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank " +"Accounts`. Create a new bank account and name it **PayPal**. In the bank " +"field, you can set **PayPal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once the PayPal account is created, go back to the **Accounting** dashboard " +"and click on the **Synchronize** button. In the dialog, choose **PayPal** as" +" the online institution and click on the configure button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal. Once " +"everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in Odoo " +"and you can start reconciling your payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Enjoy a full integration! You don't need to record transaction manually " +"anymore." +msgstr "¡Disfrute de una integración completa! Ya no es necesario registrar la transacción manualmente." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo " +"will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 +msgid "Import QIF statement files" +msgstr "Importar archivos de estados de cuenta QIF" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and " +"writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, " +"QIF is an older format than Open Financial Exchange (OFX) and you should use" +" the OFX version if you can export to both file formats." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software" +" and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Test now the feature `with this sample QIF file " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." +" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" +" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " +"option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " +"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " +"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" +" on **Import Statement** to load your first QIF file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " +"all your bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 +msgid "Importing QIF files" +msgstr "Importando archivos QIF" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3 +msgid "How to synchronize Odoo with your bank?" +msgstr "¿Cómo sincronizar Odoo con su banco?" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo is able to synchronize directly with your bank in order to get all bank" +" statements imported automatically in Odoo every 4 hours. Before moving " +"forward in this tutorial, you should check if your bank is supported. You " +"can find it out from the `Odoo Accounting Features " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Search for your bank name in the above page. If your bank appears in the " +"proposition, it means it is supported by Odoo. The countries which are fully" +" supported (meaning more than 95% of the banks) include: United States, " +"Canada, New Zealand, Austria. More than 30 countries are partially " +"supported, including: Colombia, India, France, Spain, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 +msgid "In order to connect with the banks, Odoo uses two web-services:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 +msgid "Plaid: for the main banks in the U.S." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 +msgid "Yodlee: for all other banks" +msgstr "Yodlee: para todos los bancos" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 +msgid "Odoo Online Users" +msgstr "Usuarios Odoo en línea" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If you we support banks of your country, the bank integration feature should" +" already been installed. If it's not installed, you can manually install the" +" module **account_yodlee**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, " +"contact `Odoo Support `__ in order to get the " +"credentials to sync Yodlee or Plaid with your bank accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Once you get your credentials, you can register them from the " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the Accounting " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:47 +msgid "Sync your bank feeds" +msgstr "Sincronizar sus comisiones bancarias" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once the Plaid or Yodlee interface is installed, you can connect Odoo to " +"your bank. To do that, click on **More** on the bank of your choice from the" +" accounting dashboard. In the menu, click on Settings to configure this bank" +" account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:57 +msgid "" +"In the bank form, from the Bank Account tab, set the bank feeds option to " +"**Bank Synchronization**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Once it's done, go back to your accounting dashboard. You should see a " +"**Online Synchronization** button on your bank card. Click on this button " +"and fill in your bank credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once you filled in your credentials, your bank feeds will be synchronized " +"every 4 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "Varios" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" +msgstr "¿Cómo manejar depósitos de lote de cheques?" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they " +"will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this " +"money has been received in a physical form, someone in your company must " +"manually bring the checks to the bank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to" +" be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " +"reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " +"reconcile them with your bank statement easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 +msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" +msgstr "Instalar la función de depósito por lotes" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " +"Deposit** to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" +" your country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " +"application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 +msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" +msgstr "Activar la función en sus cuentas bancarias" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " +"deposits on your main bank accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to " +"the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " +"'Bank' (see :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, in the " +"Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" +" to **Batch Deposit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 +msgid "" +"If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that " +"payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to " +"make or receive a payment) will be applicable for the creation of Batch " +"Deposits afterwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 +msgid "From checks received to the bank" +msgstr "De cheques recibidos al banco" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 +msgid "Receive customer checks" +msgstr "Recibir cheques de los clientes" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once your record checks received, record them on the bank account on which " +"you plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal" +" is you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit." +" Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 +msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." +msgstr "En el campo memo, puede establecer la referencia del cheque." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 +msgid "" +"payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " +"Payment** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 +msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" +msgstr "Preparar un depósito por lotes" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 +msgid "" +"From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " +"deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " +"deposit yet. That way, you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " +"check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 +msgid "" +"You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " +"the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 +msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" +msgstr "Conciliando el depósito con el estado de cuenta bancario" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit " +"ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " +"is run, the user will be able to select the batch deposit that matches with " +"the bank statement line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fills all the checks " +"contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in this batch " +"deposit the example below)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:132 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Solución de problemas" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 +msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " +"be two reasons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 +msgid "" +"After having installed the batch deposit features, you need to reload the " +"page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" +" button of your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 +msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 +msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" +msgstr "¿Qué sucede si un cheque fue rechazado?" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount " +"in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " +"refused." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 +msgid "" +"In this case, click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " +"bank statement matching." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 +msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" +" is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " +"clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 +msgid "" +"We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " +"accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " +"to the another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 +msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " +"account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" +" your chart of account. To parameter your chart of account and check the " +"default transfer account go into your the accounting module, select " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " +"specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " +"depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " +"from the same page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 +msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" +msgstr "Crear una segunda cuenta de banco / Diario" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" +" accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Create a new bank account." +" You should fill in the **Account Number**. You can also create and edit " +"your bank to specify your bank's details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 +msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." +msgstr "Al guardar los cambios, ahora tiene 2 cuentas bancarias." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 +msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." +msgstr "Registrar una transferencia interna de un banco a otro." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 +msgid "" +"We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " +"9533 1498** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 +msgid "Log an internal transfer" +msgstr "Iniciar una transferencia interna" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The first step is to register the internal paiement. To do so, go into your " +"accounting dashboard. click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " +"select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" +" transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " +"**Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (`see " +"`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 +msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " +"We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 +msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " +"statement of your bank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 +msgid "" +"That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " +"departure and arrival of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " +"statement and reconcile the payment with the correct bank statement line. " +"Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " +"the corresponding bank to import them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " +"**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " +"your bank account. If it's corresponding to the bank statement, it means " +"that no errors were made. Fill in the **Ending balance** and click on the " +"**Reconcile** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 +msgid "The following window will open:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 +msgid "" +"You need to choose counterparts for the paiement. Select the correct bank " +"statement line corresponding to the paiement and click on the **reconcile** " +"button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " +"statement. Note that if you specify the correct amount, and the same memo in" +" both bank statement and payment transaction then the reconciliation will " +"happen automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:19 +msgid "Bank Reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 +msgid "Configure model of entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " +"order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 +msgid "" +"We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month " +"my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " +"current balance. This fee is thus variable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 +msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " +"to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " +":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 +msgid "" +"We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " +"depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 +msgid "" +"We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to " +"book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " +"\"Percentage of balance\" with an Amount of 100%. This parameter will tell " +"Odoo to take the entire fee into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 +msgid "Save your changes when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " +"under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to " +":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 +msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " +"impacted by the payment of the bank fee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 +msgid "" +"When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " +"**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" +" relevant data instantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 +msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" +msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:114 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" +msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" +msgstr ":doc:`use_cases`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Linking your bank statements with your accounting can be a lot of work. You " +"need to find invoices back, relate payments and that amount of " +"administration can cast a lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very " +"easily link your invoices or any other payment with your bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:14 +msgid "Two reconciliation processes exist in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +msgid "We can directly register a payment on the invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:17 +msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:22 +msgid "" +"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All we need to " +"do is install the accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:29 +msgid "User cases" +msgstr "Casos de Usuarios" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:32 +msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" +msgstr "Caso 1: Registración de pagos" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:34 +msgid "" +"We received the payment proof for our invoice of 2100 euros issued to Smith " +"& Co." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:37 +msgid "" +"We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " +"sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " +"only handles the bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark the " +"invoice as paid so we can remember we can start the service with our " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " +"and mark the invoice as paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:49 +msgid "" +"By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " +"paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:56 +msgid "" +"We can always find the payment back from the Invoice by clicking on the " +":menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " +"automatically.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:66 +msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:68 +msgid "" +"We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " +"assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:74 +msgid "" +"We receive our bank statement and not only the invoice of Smith & Co has " +"been paid, the one of Buzz of 92 euros as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:77 +msgid "" +"**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " +"from the Bank Feeds section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:83 +msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:88 +msgid "" +"If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " +"the reconciliations **automatically**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:94 +msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:96 +msgid "" +"For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " +"it in :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " +"and validate all related payments :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 +msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Configuración" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" +msgstr "¿Cómo configurar una nueva cuenta bancaria?" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be " +"guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 +msgid "Go to the list of your bank accounts" +msgstr "Ir a la lista de sus cuentas bancarias" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings --> Configure your company " +"bank accounts` > The bank accounts are configured on the company " +"information. You have to be in the edit mode to be able to do your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you have to switch " +"company to add, edit or delete bank accounts on another company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:25 +msgid "Add or edit a bank account" +msgstr "Agregar o editar una cuenta bancaria" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Click on **Add an item** to add a new bank account. If you want to edit one," +" simply click on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If the bank account type is IBAN, Odoo will check if the number is valid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:40 +msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " +"of the previous one within the same journal automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:53 +msgid "" +"As you may notice in the journal form, a dedicated account has been " +"generated automatically at the bank account creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:56 +msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" +msgstr "Eliminar una cuenta bancaria o cuenta de tarjeta de crédito" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Click on the trashcan icon |image5| in the list of your bank accounts to " +"remove one bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the " +"company. Reports are all based on the currency of the company. But for " +"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " +"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " +"transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," +" Odoo stores two values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 +msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 +msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European " +"Central bank web-services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 +msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In order to allow your company to work with multiple currencies, you should " +"activate the multi-currency mode. In the accounting application, go into " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting & Finance " +"Features` make sure the **Allow Multi-currencies** box is ticked. Provide a " +"**Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** account, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 +msgid "Configure currencies" +msgstr "Configurar monedas" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should " +"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. All the currencies are " +"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support. " +"(to activate a currency, check his active field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 +msgid "" +"After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to " +"automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" +" the Accounting application, in the bottom of the page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 +msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 +msgid "Create a new bank account" +msgstr "Crear una nueva cuenta bancaria" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 +msgid "An account in the trial balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 +msgid "A journal in your dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked" +" the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 +msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " +"a supplier in China." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " +"see:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " +"to record a payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 +msgid "" +"That's all you have to do. Odoo will automatically post the foreign exchange" +" gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, " +"depending if the currency rate increased or decreased between the invoice " +"and the payment date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, " +"Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 +msgid "Customers Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. " +"So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " +"the currency of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same " +"customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in " +"the report below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 +msgid "" +"In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not " +"managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction" +" in his own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable of " +"this customer with a secondary currency and all his debts will automatically" +" be converted in this currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In " +"general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the " +"amounts in the currency of the invoices he received;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage a cash register?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments " +"transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " +"balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " +"configured as well as the currency of the journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 +msgid "How to register cash payments?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " +"these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " +"Transactions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 +msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " +"transaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 +msgid "Put money in" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " +"transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " +":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 +msgid "Take money out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " +"all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " +":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 +msgid "Others" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 +msgid "Adviser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your fixed assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The \"Assets\" module allows you to keep track of your fixed assets like " +"machinery, land and building. The module allows you to generate monthly " +"depreciation entries automatically, get depreciation board, sell or dispose " +"assets and perform reports on your company assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 +msgid "" +"As an example, you may buy a car for $36,000 (gross value) and you plan to " +"amortize it over 36 months (3 years). Every months (periodicity), Odoo will " +"create a depreciation entry automatically reducing your assets value by " +"$1,000 and passing $1,000 as an expense. After 3 years, this assets accounts" +" for $0 (salvage value) in your balance sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The different types of assets are grouped into \"Assets Types\" that " +"describe how to deprecate an asset. Here are two examples of assets types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 +msgid "Building: 10 years, yearly linear depreciation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21 +msgid "Car: 5 years, monthly linear depreciation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Asset module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 +msgid "Start by *installing the Asset module.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once the module is installed, you should see two new menus in the accounting" +" application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 +msgid ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Assets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 +msgid ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Before registering your first asset, you must :ref:`define your Asset Types " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 +msgid "Defining Asset Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Asset type are used to configure all information about an assets: asset and " +"deprecation accounts, amortization method, etc. That way, advisers can " +"configure asset types and users can further record assets without having to " +"provide any complex accounting information. They just need to provide an " +"asset type on the supplier bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You should create asset types for every group of assets you frequently buy " +"like \"Cars: 5 years\", \"Computer Hardware: 3 years\". For all other " +"assets, you can create generic asset types. Name them according to the " +"duration of the asset like \"36 Months\", \"10 Years\", ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To define asset types, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 +msgid "Create assets manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To register an asset manually, go to the menu :menuselection:`Adviser --> " +"Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Once your asset is created, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also click " +"on the Compute Depreciation button to check the depreciation board before " +"confirming the asset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 +msgid "" +"if you create asset manually, you still need to create the supplier bill for" +" this asset. The asset document will only produce the depreciation journal " +"entries, not those related to the supplier bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:82 +msgid "Explanation of the fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88 +msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:91 +msgid "Create assets automatically from a supplier bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Assets can be automatically created from supplier bills. All you need to do " +"is to set an asset category on your bill line. When the user will validate " +"the bill, an asset will be automatically created, using the information of " +"the supplier bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Depending on the information on the asset category, the asset will be " +"created in draft or directly validated\\ *.* It's easier to confirm assets " +"directly so that you won't forget to confirm it afterwards. (check the field" +" *Skip Draft State* on *Asset Category)* Generate assets in draft only when " +"you want your adviser to control all the assets before posting them to your " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:107 +msgid "" +"if you put the asset on the product, the asset category will automatically " +"be filled in the supplier bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:111 +msgid "How to deprecate an asset?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Odoo will create depreciation journal entries automatically at the right " +"date for every confirmed asset. (not the draft ones). You can control in the" +" depreciation board: a green bullet point means that the journal entry has " +"been created for this line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:118 +msgid "" +"But you can also post journal entries before the expected date by clicking " +"on the green bullet and forcing the creation of related depreciation entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 +msgid "" +"In the Depreciation board, click on the red bullet to post the journal " +"entry. Click on the :guilabel:`Items` button on the top to see the journal " +"entries which are already posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130 +msgid "How to modify an existing asset?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Modify Depreciation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:133 +msgid "Change the number of depreciation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:135 +msgid "Odoo will automatically recompute a new depreciation board." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 +msgid "How to record the sale or disposal of an asset?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140 +msgid "" +"If you sell or dispose an asset, you need to deprecate completly this asset." +" Click on the button :guilabel:`Sell or Dispose`. This action will post the " +"full costs of this assets but it will not record the sales transaction that " +"should be registered through a customer invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. It allows you " +"to measure your actual financial performance against the planned one. Odoo " +"manages its budgets using both General and Analytic Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:12 +msgid "" +"We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " +"with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " +"project. We plan to have a revenue of 1000 and we don't want to spend more " +"than 700." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:20 +msgid "" +"First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" +" is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " +"and Finance** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" +" feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If we want to be precise and point specific invoices and vendors bills to " +"our budget, you should enable the Analytic accounting as well. If we don't " +"we will only be able to budget the total amount of general accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 +msgid "Budgetary Positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Budgetary positions are the general accounts for which you want to keep " +"budgets (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so " +"Odoo can know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information. " +"Some might be already installed with your chart of accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " +"Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 +msgid "" +"For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " +"expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:57 +msgid "" +"In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" +" our expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:63 +msgid "Click on *Select*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 +msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " +"select the relevant income accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 +msgid "Analytical account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If you wish to point specific invoices or vendor bills to your budget you " +"need to use analytical accounting. Odoo needs to know which costs or " +"expenses are relevant to a specified budget. To do so we need to link our " +"invoices and expenses to a defined analytical account. Create an analytical " +"account by entering the Accounting module and clicking " +":menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`. Create a " +"new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:88 +msgid "Set a budget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " +"gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " +":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:97 +msgid "" +"We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " +"Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" +" an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " +"select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " +"case we will start with our 700 maximum charge target. Select the \"Cost\" " +"Budgetary Position and specify the Planned Amount. As we are recording a " +"cost, we need to specify a **negative amount**. Finally, select the " +"corresponding analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " +"is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:117 +msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:120 +msgid "Check your budget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:122 +msgid "" +"You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" +" Invoices and Vendors Bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 +msgid "" +"if you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" +" in the invoice and / or purchase line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:131 +msgid "for more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:133 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:134 +msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 +msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " +"lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " +"Amount** column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147 +msgid "" +"The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " +"could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " +"budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " +"january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual " +"amount that could have been realised." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 +msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " +"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," +" and accurate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " +"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " +"balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 +msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 +msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 +msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " +"accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 +msgid "Year-end checklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 +msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 +msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " +"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " +"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " +"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " +"loans and fixed assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " +"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " +"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" +" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " +"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " +"book entries for:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" +" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 +msgid "**Work in Progress**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 +msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 +msgid "**Loans**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 +msgid "**Tax adjustments**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " +"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " +"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " +"these against your Odoo balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 +msgid "" +"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" +"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " +"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " +"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " +"auditing the books." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 +msgid "Closing the fiscal year" +msgstr "Cerrando el ejercicio fiscal" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" +" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " +"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" +" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " +"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " +"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" +" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" +" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " +"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " +"reporting a 0 balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 +msgid "Analytic" +msgstr "Analítica" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 +msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " +"and subcontracting in the accounting module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 +msgid "" +"We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a " +"customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. " +"We would however like to follow which cost were attached to this transaction" +" as we need to pay for purchases, expenses, and subcontracting costs related" +" to the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " +"module and install the following apps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to " +"**track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those " +"costs to our customers. To track and **re invoice costs** you should install" +" the Sales management app as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can refer to the following docs about reinvoicing costs through " +"analytical accounts: :doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/subcontracting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:40 +msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, " +"select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " +"accounting box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Moreover, scroll down and thick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " +"box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 +msgid "Don't forget to save our changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:58 +msgid "Create an Analytical account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:60 +msgid "" +"First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point " +"all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts`. Create a new one. In " +"this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 +msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:71 +msgid "Record an expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:73 +msgid "" +"We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go " +"see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:78 +msgid "Create an expense product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:80 +msgid "" +"We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, " +"Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new " +"product called Train ticket and set the cost price to 15.50 euros. Make sure" +" the **Can be expensed** box is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:89 +msgid "Book the expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " +"Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " +"discussed above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " +"entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:105 +msgid "Purchase Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:107 +msgid "" +"We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create" +" a purchase order for the software product. (please refer to the following " +"document: :doc:`../../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`). " +"Within the line we can link the product's cost with the analytical account. " +"Specify the order line and select the correct analytical account. Confirm " +"the sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " +"cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:121 +msgid "Subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:123 +msgid "" +"The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle" +" subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re " +"invoice this cost by linking the purchase order line to the correct " +"analytical account. We simply need to create the correct vendors product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:129 +msgid "" +"For more information about subcontracting please refer to the following " +"document: :doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/subcontracting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:134 +msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:137 +msgid "Track costs in accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " +"open it to check the costs related to that account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " +"Accounts --> Open Charts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " +"to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:153 +msgid "" +"If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " +"Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " +"analytical account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 +msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a " +"particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to " +"the invoiced amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 +msgid "" +"We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and " +"**Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer " +"**Smith&Co**. Harry is paid 18€ p.h. and Cedric's salary is 12€ p.h. We " +"would like to track their timesheet costs within the accounting app, and " +"compare them with the revenue of the consultancy service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, " +"namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " +"name and install them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the " +"**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " +"tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 +msgid "Apply your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 +msgid "Create an employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create" +" an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " +"new employee, fill in the name and the basic information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 +msgid "" +"On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to " +"specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " +"cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " +"related to a User." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to " +"specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 +msgid "Issue a Sales Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 +msgid "" +"We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the " +"**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " +"customer Smith&Co where they will point their hours on a timesheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 +msgid "" +"We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced" +" **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " +"unit of measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 +msgid "" +"For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " +"material please see: *How to invoice based on time and material* (Work in " +"Progress)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 +msgid "" +"We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " +"analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " +"is confirmed. Our employees will have to point to that account (in this case" +" **SO002-Smith&Co**) in order to be able to invoice their hours (see picture" +" below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 +msgid "Fill in timesheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 +msgid "" +"As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " +"specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " +"the **Timesheet** app and enter a detailed line pointing to the **Analytical" +" Account** discussed above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 +msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " +"hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" +" the **Analytic Account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 +msgid "" +"In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " +"automatically computed (see picture below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 +msgid "Analytic accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " +"revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " +"registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 +msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 +msgid "Without filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 +msgid "" +"If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " +"analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " +"this analytical account. Enter the *Accounting* app, select " +":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " +"current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " +"credit and debit balance of the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 +msgid "" +"If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " +"of cost and revenues (see picture below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " +"with the corresponding description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 +msgid "With filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 +msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " +"Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" +" resource cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 +msgid "" +"We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" +" the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " +"contains the **Sales Order** number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 +msgid "" +"In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " +"corresponding costs and revenues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168 +msgid "" +"We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " +"respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " +"**Graph view** to have a clear overview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 +msgid "Analytic account use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 +msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 +msgid "analyse costs of a company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 +msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 +msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " +"each in one of three different types of company:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 +msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 +msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 +msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 +msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into" +" departments and products the company itself is built on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by " +"department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure " +"comprises the different departments, and the lower levels represent the " +"product ranges the company makes and sells." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 +msgid "Marketing Department" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 +msgid "Commercial Department" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 +msgid "Administration Department" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +msgid "Production Range 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +msgid "Production Range 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase " +"invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the " +"entries for both the general and the corresponding analytic accounts. For " +"each entry on the general accounts, there is at least one analytic entry " +"that allocates costs to the department which incurred them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " +"example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +msgid "**General accounts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +msgid "**Analytic accounts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**Title**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +msgid "**Account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +msgid "**Value**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "2122" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "1500" +msgstr "1500" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "-1 500" +msgstr "-1 500" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +msgid "Subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "450" +msgstr "450" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +msgid "-450" +msgstr "-450" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +msgid "200" +msgstr "200" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +msgid "Transport charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "Staff costs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "2121" +msgstr "2121" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "10000" +msgstr "10000" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +msgid "-2 000" +msgstr "-2 000" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +msgid "Commercial" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +msgid "-3 000" +msgstr "-3 000" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "Administrative" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +msgid "-1 000" +msgstr "-1 000" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "PR" +msgstr "PR" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "-400" +msgstr "-400" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the " +"costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of " +"accounts shows the distribution of the company's costs using the example " +"above:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 +msgid "" +"In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not " +"only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole " +"production. A report that relates both general accounts and analytic " +"accounts enables you to get a breakdown of costs within a given department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. " +"Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " +"profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 +msgid "" +"This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading " +"companies and industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 +msgid "" +"A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing " +"departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " +"This will give you an analysis of the profitability of each product range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing " +"effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each " +"product range responsible for its own marketing costs?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 +msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a " +"current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" +" given file/analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 +msgid "" +"A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and" +" the profitability by case and by employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in " +"timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are " +"integrated into the analytic accounting. In the employee form, specify the " +"cost of the employee. The hourly charge is a function of the employee's " +"cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 +msgid "" +"So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the " +"management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any" +" entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales " +"invoices. They are represented by the various analytic operations and do not" +" have exact counterparts in the general accounts. They are calculated on the" +" basis of the hourly cost per employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 +msgid "" +"At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate " +"them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because " +"they have already been accounted for in billing each account. A report that " +"relates data from the analytic and general accounts then lets you compare " +"the totals, so you can readjust your estimates of hourly cost per employee " +"depending on the time actually worked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " +"can find for your analytic account:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**Amount**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**General Account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +msgid "Study the file (1 h)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "Case 1.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +msgid "-15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +msgid "Search for information (3 h)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +msgid "-45" +msgstr "-45" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "Consultation (4 h)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "Case 2.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "-60" +msgstr "-60" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "Service charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "280" +msgstr "280" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "705 – Billing services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "Stationery purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "-42" +msgstr "-42" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "42" +msgstr "42" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "-35" +msgstr "-35" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "613 – Transports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "35" +msgstr "35" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "Staff salaries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "6201 – Salaries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "3 000" +msgstr "3 000" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of" +" various transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 +msgid "" +"For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: " +":doc:`timesheets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 +msgid "" +"But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the " +"profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic" +" recharging of the services to the customer at the end of the month. To " +"invoice customers, just link the analytic account to a sale order and sell " +"products that manage timesheet or expenses ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 +msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 +msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 +msgid "project planning," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 +msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 +msgid "managing support contracts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 +msgid "" +"To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " +"structured by project and by sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that " +"presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " +"also similar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 +msgid "" +"But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a " +"prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows " +"the remaining hours of support. To manage support contracts, you would " +"create a product configured to invoice on order and link the sale order to " +"an analytic account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well " +"as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or " +"GBP, or whatever other choice you make). So you can sum the quantities sold " +"and used on each sale order to determine whether any hours of the support " +"contract remain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 +msgid "Conclusion" +msgstr "Conclusión" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use" +" case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " +"production performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " +"applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 +msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 +msgid "What is an account type ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the " +"account's purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate " +"country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and " +"generate opening entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific " +"category according to its behaviour or purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 +msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account " +"types. Just pick the one related to your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 +msgid "**List of account types**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 +msgid "Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 +msgid "Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 +msgid "Bank and Cash" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 +msgid "Current Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 +msgid "Non-current Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 +msgid "Prepayments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:72 +msgid "Fixed Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 +msgid "Current Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 +msgid "Non-current Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 +msgid "Equity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 +msgid "Current Year Earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 +msgid "Other Income" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +msgid "Income" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 +msgid "Depreciation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 +msgid "Direct Costs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 +msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. " +"By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one " +"related to your country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 +msgid "" +"It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, " +"you can create your own accounts too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72 +msgid "" +"If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu " +":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 +msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* " +"`__, one of " +"the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock valuation, is the" +" average cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 +msgid "" +"This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that " +"method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its " +"supplier impact the average cost and the accounting entries? This document " +"is **only** for the specific use case of a perpetual valuation (as opposed " +"to the periodic one) and in average price costing method (as opposed to " +"standard of FIFO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 +msgid "Definition of average cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " +"goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " +"formula:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " +"as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +msgid "Defining the purchase price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might " +"not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " +"the vendor bill. The purchase price includes the cost you pay for the " +"products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 +msgid "Average cost example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Avg Cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$0" +msgstr "$0" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +msgid "0" +msgstr "0" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +msgid "+8\\*$10" +msgstr "+8\\*$10" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "$80" +msgstr "$80" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "8" +msgstr "8" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "$10" +msgstr "$10" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +msgid "+4\\*$16" +msgstr "+4\\*$16" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "$144" +msgstr "$144" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "12" +msgstr "12" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$12" +msgstr "$12" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +msgid "-10\\*$12" +msgstr "-10\\*$12" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "$24" +msgstr "$24" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "2" +msgstr "2" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +msgid "" +"At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" +" inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " +"logically the purchase price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +msgid "" +"At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " +"inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " +"the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." +" Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" +" each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 +msgid "Purchase return use case" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory" +" value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " +"of these products!)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 +msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "-1\\*$12" +msgstr "-1\\*$12" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "1" +msgstr "1" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 +msgid "Explanation: counter example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " +"the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," +" you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +msgid "" +"As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " +"customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " +"purchased it). Here is the operation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +msgid "-1\\*$10" +msgstr "-1\\*$10" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$2**" +msgstr "**$2**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "**0**" +msgstr "**0**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 +msgid "" +"As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " +"of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " +"cost:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "**$0**" +msgstr "**$0**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " +"correct inventory value at all times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 +msgid "" +"For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is " +"another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the " +"product, which is intended to hold at any time the value of vendor bills to " +"receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming " +"shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " +"price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" +" price:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "stock input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "price diff" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +msgid "($80)" +msgstr "($80)" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "($64)" +msgstr "($64)" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$10**" +msgstr "**$10**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$12**" +msgstr "**$12**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$2" +msgstr "$2" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +msgid "" +"This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase " +"price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last " +"operation, we need to reuse the original price. The price difference account" +" located on the product category is used to book the difference between the " +"average cost and the original purchase price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 +msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " +"in a different currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 +msgid "" +"After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount " +"into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " +"fluctuations. The rate differences are automatically recorded by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 +msgid "Enable multi-currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " +"in **Dollars**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " +"Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the " +"currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " +"Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which" +" you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " +"you can register payments only in this currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 +msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" +" currency. Then click on **confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 +msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " +"click on **Add** to allocate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 +msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in " +"the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount " +"currency**, which is the amount that was actually paid and the **Currency** " +"in which it was paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 +msgid "" +"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " +"**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " +"amount in your company currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 +msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " +"**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " +"are recorded in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 +msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send " +"sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in " +"currencies other than your own. With multi-currency, you can also set up " +"bank accounts in other currencies and run reports on your foreign currency " +"activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 +msgid "Turn on multi-currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 +msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment " +"registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 " +"month after the invoice was issued, the exchange rate has probably changed. " +"The fluctuation implies some loss or profit that are recorded by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 +msgid "You can change it in the settings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 +msgid "View or edit rate being used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can manually configure the currency rates in " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " +"to use in Odoo and edit it. Make sure the currency is active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 +msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" +" **Save** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 +msgid "Live Currency Rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 +msgid "" +"By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can " +"synchronize it with `Yahoo `__ or the `European Central Bank `__. " +"In :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, go to the **Live Currency " +"Rate** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always " +"force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" +" are set !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78 +msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81 +msgid "Configure your charts of account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " +"Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " +"for this account to have the account currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " +"Active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 +msgid "Configure your journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " +"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " +"on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" +" will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you " +"can register payments only in this currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " +"items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117 +msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 +msgid "" +"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " +"sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127 +msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " +"purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137 +msgid "Payment Registrations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to **Sales > Payments**. Register the " +"payment and set the currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 +msgid "Bank Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " +"currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was " +"actually paid and the currency in which it was paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " +"Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " +"amount in your company currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" +" difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" +" in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 +msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`exchange`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss " +"entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's " +"life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 +msgid "" +"All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. " +"However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary " +"currency and amount will visible. You can create multi-currency journals of " +"force a specific currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however " +"Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" +" the amounts automatically using that currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 +msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " +":doc:`how_it_works`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " +"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" +" journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 +msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 +msgid "Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +msgid "Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 +msgid "Multi-currency Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " +"Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " +"Then click on **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 +msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 +msgid "" +"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " +"invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " +"amount in your company currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " +"**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " +"are recorded in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 +msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo 9 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " +"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet for a specific country)" +" to suit your needs is now easier than ever." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:13 +msgid "Activate the developer mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " +"**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click the **?** " +"at the top right, then **About**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22 +msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28 +msgid "Create your financial report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:30 +msgid "" +"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once the name is filled, there are two other parameters that need to be " +"configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39 +msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:41 +msgid "**Analysis Period** :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:43 +msgid "Based on date ranges (eg Profit and Loss)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:45 +msgid "Based on a single date (eg Balance Sheet)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months (eg." +" Aged Partner Balances)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:50 +msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (eg Cash Flow Statement)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:54 +msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:56 +msgid "" +"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " +"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " +"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:63 +msgid "" +"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" +" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " +"separated by ;)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:67 +msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:69 +msgid "" +"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " +"date range)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " +"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:76 +msgid "" +"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " +"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " +"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " +"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " +"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " +"by one of their columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:83 +msgid "Other useful fields :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85 +msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:87 +msgid "" +"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " +"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" +" same dates as the rest of the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:93 +msgid "" +"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " +"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " +"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 +msgid "What are the main reports available?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " +"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " +"countries :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 +msgid "**Balance Sheet**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 +msgid "**Profit and Loss**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 +msgid "**Chart of Account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 +msgid "**Executive Summary**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 +msgid "**General Ledger**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 +msgid "**Aged Payable**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 +msgid "**Aged Receivable**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 +msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 +msgid "**Tax Report**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 +msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " +"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " +"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" +" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " +"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " +"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 +msgid "Balance Sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" +" of your organisation as at a particular date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Profit and Loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " +"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" +" period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Chart of account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 +msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 +msgid "Executive Summary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " +"figures you need to run your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " +"reporting :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Performance:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 +msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 +msgid "**Net profit margin:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " +"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " +"result of those sales)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"make those profits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Position:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " +"across all your customer invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +" all your bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 +msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 +msgid "" +"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " +"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " +"your **Purchases account** for the month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " +"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " +"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " +"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 +msgid "General Ledger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " +"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " +"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " +"occurred during a certain period of time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 +msgid "Aged Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" +" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " +"gone unpaid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 +msgid "Aged Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " +"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " +"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing and financing activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 +msgid "Tax Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " +"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 +msgid "How to apply specific taxes by country, state or city?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the default tax to apply on a product/service is set on the " +"**product form**. But, some customers may have specific tax rates because of" +" their status (in some countries, construction companies are VAT exempts) or" +" their location (customers in a different country, state and/or city may be " +"subjected to another tax rate)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In order to select the right tax to apply according to the customer or " +"product, Odoo uses the concept of **fiscal positions**. If a customer has a " +"specific fiscal position, the default tax may be replaced by another one. " +"(as an example, construction companies have 0% instead of 21% in Belgium for" +" construction related work)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:17 +msgid "" +"As an example, in Belgium, for the VAT tax, there are 3 fiscal positions " +"that depend on on the country of the customer and some companies (like " +"construction companies) benefit from a specific fiscal treatments:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:21 +msgid "**Belgian companies:** with 21% VAT (default, on product form)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:23 +msgid "**European companies:** with 0% VAT (intra-EU)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:25 +msgid "" +"**Other countries:** 0% (but a different tax since it uses different " +"accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Construction companies:** with 0% VAT, only for construction companies in " +"Belgium" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:35 +msgid "Set the right taxes on your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The main taxes are automatically configured according to the chart of " +"accounts of your country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 +msgid "" +"But if you want to set a specific tax on a specific product, you can set the" +" **sales and purchases taxes** on the **product form**, under the " +"**Accounting tab**. These taxes are the default one (used when you sell to " +"companies that are in the same country/state than you)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you work in a multi-company environment, the sales and purchase taxes may" +" have a different value according to the company you work for. You can login" +" into two different companies and change this field for each company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:55 +msgid "Defining Fiscal Positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to the chart " +"of accounts of your country. But you may have to create fiscal positions " +"manually for specific use cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To define fiscal positions, from the **Accounting** application, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined " +"on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, european " +"customers have a VAT of 0% instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " +"purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can also map the **income / expense account** according to the fiscal " +"position. For example, in Belgium, revenues from sales are not posted in the" +" same account than revenues from sales in foreign countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:78 +msgid "Apply fiscal positions automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you check the box **Detect Automatically**, the fiscal position will be " +"applied automatically if the **Country**, **State**, **City** or even the " +"**Country Group** matches. You can also apply the fiscal position only to " +"companies having a valid **VAT number**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 +msgid "" +"You can also set a target **Country/State/City**. The fiscal position will " +"be applied if the destination address of the customer matches these " +"criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:93 +msgid "Specific use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " +"replacing by another, just keep the **Tax to Apply** field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," +" just create two lines having the same **Tax on Product**. You can also " +"create one that is a grouping of two other taxes, depending on how you want " +"to make them appear on the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:107 +msgid "Using fiscal positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If you keep the field **Fiscal Position** empty on customers " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Customers`, the fiscal position is " +"applied automatically on sales order, purchase orders, web orders and " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:116 +msgid "" +"But, if you set the fiscal position, Odoo will use this specific fiscal " +"position for this customer on orders (example: construction companies). In " +"such a case, it's recommended to set the fiscal position on the customer " +"form. Odoo will automatically reuse this value for orders and invoices, " +"without trying to auto-detect the fiscal position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If you set the fiscal position at the sale order or invoice level, it will " +"only apply to this document only and not to future orders/invoices of the " +"same customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:126 +msgid "" +"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " +"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " +"his shipping address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`create`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 +msgid "How to define new taxes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" +" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal taxes, retention, withholding " +"taxes, etc. For most countries, the chart of account you setup is " +"automatically pre-configured with the main taxes of the country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:11 +msgid "" +"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:15 +msgid "Managing Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 +msgid "Defining new taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In order to create new taxes, use the menu :menuselection:`Configuration -->" +" Taxes` in the accounting application. From this menu, you will get all the " +"taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:27 +msgid "When you create a new tax, you can set the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:29 +msgid "**Scope**: Sales, Purchases or None (e.g. deprecated tax)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Tax Account**: is the account where the tax journal item will be posted. " +"This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo posts the tax journal " +"item in the income account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:35 +msgid "" +"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " +"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"21% on Services\" can have the " +"following label on invoice \"21%\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " +"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " +"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:43 +msgid "" +"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " +"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:47 +msgid "" +"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. (usually, you can keep this field " +"empty)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:50 +msgid "Taxes allow different computation mechanism:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:52 +msgid "**Fixed**, example: an eco-tax of $1.34 per battery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:54 +msgid "**Percentage**, example: 15% sales tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:56 +msgid "**Percentage of price**, tax included: example in brazil" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:58 +msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:65 +msgid "" +"if you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " +"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " +"code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If a tax is included in price, it means that the price set on the product " +"form includes this tax. As an example, let's say you have a product with a " +"sale tax of 10%. The sale price on the product form is $100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:74 +msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:76 +msgid "Price without tax: $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:78 +msgid "Taxes: $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:80 +msgid "Total to pay: $110" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:82 +msgid "If the tax is included in the price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:84 +msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:86 +msgid "Taxes: $9.09" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:88 +msgid "Total to pay: $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:94 +msgid "Stop using a tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:96 +msgid "" +"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " +"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " +"using this tax, you should set the field **Tax Scope** to **None**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:101 +msgid "Setting your default taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Once you have created your taxes, you can define which tax is the default " +"one when creating new products (for sales and purchase taxes). To set the " +"default taxes, in the accounting application, go in the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once taxes are set by default, when you create a new product, Odoo will " +"propose you the right taxes by default on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Setting the default taxes impact the creation of product, but not sales " +"order or invoices. The tax used on sales order or invoices is defined by the" +" product on the sale order line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:122 +msgid ":doc:`application`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`retention`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " +"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " +"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " +"withholding tax applies to employment income." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" +" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " +"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 +msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " +"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " +"**government**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " +"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " +"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" +" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " +"(normal tax and retention)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 +msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " +"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " +"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " +"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 +msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "Comenzando" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should " +"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the " +"different screens you will need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Once you have `installed the Accounting application " +"`__, you " +"should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the " +"implementation guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 +msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 +msgid "Completing your company settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 +msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 +msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 +msgid "Importing your customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 +msgid "Importing your suppliers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 +msgid "Importing your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 +msgid "Importing your starting balances" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 +msgid "Define the users for accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the " +"bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall " +"configuration of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Main Concepts" +msgstr "Conceptos Principales" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 +msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 +msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " +"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " +"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " +"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 +msgid "" +"`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 +msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Odoo support both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " +"report income / expense at the time transactions occur, or when payment is " +"made or received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows to manage several companies within the same database. Each " +"company has its own chart of accounts an rules. You can get consolidation " +"reports following your consolidation rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 +msgid "Multi-currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " +"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " +"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " +"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " +"reconciliation of the journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 +msgid "International Standards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Odoo accounting support more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " +"implement accounting standards that is common to all countries and specific " +"modules exists per country for the specificities of the country like the " +"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 +msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine support:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " +"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where cost of good " +"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 +msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Storno accounting (italy) where refund invoices have negative credit/debit " +"instead of a reverting the original journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:71 +msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:76 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " +"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " +"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:81 +msgid "" +"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" +" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " +"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +msgid "Wide range of financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " +"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " +"reports include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:92 +msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:96 +msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " +"own formulae." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " +"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." +" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement " +"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " +"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " +"banking or wait for your paper bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " +"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " +"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " +"ledger transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +msgid "Calculates the tax you owe your tax authority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " +"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" +" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " +"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " +"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:134 +msgid "" +"`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 +msgid "Easy retained earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Retained earnings is the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " +"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" +"end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " +"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 +msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " +"over a specific period (usually the current year)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " +"sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries" +" as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " +"beyond the costs of products sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " +"date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32 +msgid "" +"**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets " +"includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " +"cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " +"to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:43 +msgid "" +"**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" +" shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:48 +msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:54 +msgid "" +"What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " +"(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:57 +msgid "" +"A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses" +" (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " +"having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64 +msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " +"sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment," +" an invoice) impacts accounts by moving value from one account (credit) to " +"an other account (debit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:76 +msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 +msgid "Journal Entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, " +"a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " +"impacting several accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90 +msgid "" +"For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " +"equal to the sum of all its credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 +msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 +msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 +msgid "Explanation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102 +msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 +msgid "The customer owes $1,090" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:125 +msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 +msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " +"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115 +msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 +msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120 +msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 +msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:25 +msgid "Reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " +"account, matching credits and debits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order " +"to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " +"done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139 +msgid "" +"An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " +"reconciled with the related payment journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142 +msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 +msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145 +msgid "" +"the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " +"matching process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 +msgid "Customer Statement Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +msgid "Invoice 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +msgid "100" +msgstr "100" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +msgid "Payment 1.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +msgid "70" +msgstr "70" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +msgid "Invoice 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +msgid "65" +msgstr "65" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +msgid "Payment 1.2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +msgid "30" +msgstr "30" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +msgid "Payment 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +msgid "Invoice 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +msgid "50" +msgstr "50" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +msgid "Total To Pay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " +"your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " +"from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +msgid "" +"a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " +"matched when checking the bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 +msgid "recorded as a new payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187 +msgid "" +"the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled " +"` with the related invoice when processing the " +"bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +msgid "recorded as another transaction:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them " +"should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished," +" the balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's " +"balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:201 +msgid "Checks Handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 +msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 +msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:206 +msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:210 +msgid "" +"The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " +"invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +msgid "Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +msgid "Account Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +msgid "Invoice ABC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +msgid "Undeposited funds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +msgid "Check 0123" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 +msgid "Bank" +msgstr "Banco" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235 +msgid "" +"A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " +"reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" +" journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +msgid "Bank Statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +msgid "Statement XYZ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3 +msgid "Accounting Terminologies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6 +msgid "Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A journal is like a folder in which you record all transactions of the same " +"type: all the statements of a bank account, all customer invoices, all " +"supplier bills. It's used to organize similar transactions together." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:13 +msgid "Payment Terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Payment terms describe how and when a customer invoice (or supplier bill) " +"should be pay over the time. Example: 30% direct payment, balance in two " +"months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Bank reconciliation is the process of matching your payment lines with " +"existing journal items or creating new journal items on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Journal items reconciliation is the process of linking several journal items" +" together like an invoice and a payment. This allows to mark invoices as " +"paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:31 +msgid "Deposit Ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Deposit tickets group several payment orders (usually checks) that are " +"deposited together at the bank. This allows an easy reconciliation with the " +"bank statement line if the line has one line per deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:38 +msgid "Journal Entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:41 +msgid "" +"A journal entry is an accounting transaction, usually related to a financial" +" document: invoice, payment, receipt, etc. A journal entry always consists " +"of at least two lines. The sum of the credits of all journal items of a " +"journal entry is equal to the sum of their debits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:46 +msgid "Journal Item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:49 +msgid "" +"A line of a journal entry, with a debit or credit associated to an account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:51 +msgid "Analytic Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Sometimes called **Cost Accounts**, are accounts that are not part of the " +"chart of account and that allows to track costs and revenues. Analytic " +"account are usually structured by projects, departments, etc. Every journal " +"item is posted in a regular account in the chart of account and can be " +"posted to an analytic accounting for reporting purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:60 +msgid "Analytic Entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Cost or revenues posted to analytic accounts, usually related to journal " +"entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:65 +msgid "Sales Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A receipt or other slip of paper issued by a store or other vendor showing " +"where a purchase was made and also the amount, date, department, etc. Sales " +"receipt are usually used instead of invoices if the sale is paid in cash in " +"the store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Property owned by the company. Odoo Asset management is used to manage the " +"depreciation / amortization of the asset over the time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:77 +msgid "Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Are used to recognize revenues of sales of services that are provided over a" +" long period of time. If you sell a 3 years maintenance contract, you can " +"use the deferred revenue mechanism to recognize 1/36 of the revenue every " +"month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:84 +msgid "Fiscal Position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Define the taxes that should be applied for a specific customer/vendor or " +"invoice. Example: If some customers benefit for specific taxes (government, " +"construction companies, EU companies that are VAT subjected,…), you can " +"assign a fiscal position to them and the right tax will be selected " +"according to the products they buy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 +msgid "Process overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "From Invoice to Payment Collection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " +"and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " +"a single payment for a single invoice, or process a payment spanning " +"multiple invoices and taking discounts for early payments, you can do so " +"efficiently and accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 +msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " +"goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " +"deposit that payment at the bank; make sure the Customer Invoice is closed; " +"follow up if Customers are late; and finally present your Income on the " +"Profit and Loss report and show the decrease in Assets on the Balance Sheet " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " +"you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" +" bill them. If your supplier sends you a shipment, they have met the terms " +"of that contract and can bill you. Therefore, the terms of the contract is " +"fulfilled when the box moves to or from the truck. At this point, Odoo " +"supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +msgid "Invoice creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " +"Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " +"directly if you would like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 +msgid "" +"An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " +"in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " +"It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely" +" and precise manner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 +msgid "Draft invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " +"While these invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 +msgid "" +"remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " +"is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 +msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Customer: Agrolait" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 +msgid "Product: iMac" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 +msgid "Quantity: 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 +msgid "Unit Price: 100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 +msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 +msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 +msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 +msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 +msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 +msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 +msgid "" +"An invoice will usually include the quantity and price the of goods and/or " +"services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" +" tax information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 +msgid "" +"\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " +"moves from the Draft state to the Open state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " +"defined, and modifiable, sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" +" when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " +"entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 +msgid "Send the invoice to customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 +msgid "" +"After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " +"customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 +msgid "" +"A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" +" follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Partner**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Due date**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "Agrolait" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +msgid "01/07/2015" +msgstr "01/07/2015" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "115" +msgstr "115" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "15" +msgstr "15" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:89 +msgid "Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " +"entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " +"reconciliation, the invoice will remain in the Open state until you have " +"entered the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 +msgid "" +"A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 +msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 +msgid "" +"You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " +"in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " +"your accounting localisation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " +"journal and enter an amount of $100 ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 +msgid "Reconcile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 +msgid "Now let's reconcile!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 +msgid "" +"You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " +"reconcile with instructions at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 +msgid "" +"After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " +"display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" +" them to pay this invoice. \"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" +" invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 +msgid "Payment Followup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 +msgid "" +"There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " +"Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" +" faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " +"pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " +"on how severely overdue the customer is. These actions are bundled into " +"follow-up levels that are triggered when the due date of an invoice has " +"passed a certain number of days. If there are other overdue invoices for the" +" same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 +msgid "" +"By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" +" will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 +msgid "Customer aging report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " +"to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" +" collection efforts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 +msgid "Profit and loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " +"Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " +"sometimes referred to as the \"Income Statement\" or \"Statement of Revenues" +" and Expenses.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 +msgid "Balance sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 +msgid "" +"The balance sheet summarizes the your company's liabilities, assets and " +"equity at a specific moment in time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 +msgid "" +"For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " +"method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " +"material has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 +msgid "From Vendor Bills to Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the" +" correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; " +"depending on your vendor policy). Odoo also offers reports to track your " +"aged payable balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use " +"the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " +"them automatically based on past purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 +msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 +msgid "Record a new vendor bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from " +":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. " +"As a shortcut, you can also use the **New Bill** feature on the accounting " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting " +"their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " +"lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the " +"screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " +"without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the " +"vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round " +"the totals (round per line, or round globally). The default rounding method " +"in Odoo is to round the final prices per line (as you may have different " +"taxes per product. E.g. Alcohol and cigarettes). However if your vendor has " +"a different tax amount on their bill, you can change the amount in the " +"bottom left table to adjust and match." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 +msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based " +"on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" +" on the the accounting package you choose to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 +msgid "" +"For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " +"accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 +msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 +msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 +msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 +msgid "" +"For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " +"accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 +msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 +msgid "" +"You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " +"validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 +msgid "Pay a bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " +"**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 +msgid "" +"From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit " +"card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will " +"propose the entire remaining balance on the bill for payment. In the memo " +"field, we recommend you set the vendor invoice number as a reference (Odoo " +"will auto fill this field from the from the vendor bill if set it " +"correctly)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to " +"a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, " +"from the vendor bill you will be able to reconcile this payment with " +"directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 +msgid "Printing vendor Checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do " +"so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " +"daily basis or prefer to do so at the end of the week, you can print in " +"checks in batches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 +msgid "" +"If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " +"list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 +msgid "" +"By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " +"list of all payments that are ready to be processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select " +"them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set " +"the next check number in the sequence and will then print all the checks at " +"once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 +msgid "Aged payable balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 +msgid "" +"In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you" +" can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in " +":menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a" +" visual of all of your outstanding bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 +msgid "" +"From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details " +"of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line " +"for managements information. At any point in time while you're looking " +"through the report, you can print directly to Excel or PDF and get exactly " +"what you see on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 +msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3 +msgid "Account Payables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 +msgid "Misc" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 +msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company" +" then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered " +"most frequently are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 +msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 +msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 +msgid "" +"other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but " +"carried out by the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application " +"from the Apps module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to " +"re-invoice your expenses to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once these applications are installed you can configure the different " +"products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts " +"products, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses " +"Products` in the **Expenses** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 +msgid "Some examples of products can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 +msgid "**Travel (car)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 +msgid "Product Type: Service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 +msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 +msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 +msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " +"Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 +msgid "**Hotel**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 +msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 +msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the " +"employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a " +"customer): 0.32€ / km. The hotel is reimbursed based on the real cost of the" +" hotel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** " +"checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and " +"material**. This invoicing policy means that, if the expense is related to a" +" customer project/sale order, Odoo will re-invoice this expense to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 +msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 +msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 +msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 +msgid "The expenses workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 +msgid "Record a new expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Every employee of the company can register their expenses from " +":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for " +"personal expenses work that way:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 +msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 +msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 +msgid "the accountant post journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 +msgid "" +"the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " +"with a payable account)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 +msgid "" +"if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice " +"the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 +msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 +msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 +msgid "a product: the expense type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 +msgid "" +"a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" +" car)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a " +"photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of " +"the expense with the scan of the bill/ticket in attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set" +" an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you " +"might have to activate analytic accounts in the accounting settings to get " +"this feature)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button " +"**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their " +"expenses grouped at the end of the month, or at the end of a business trip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 +msgid "" +"An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses " +"action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 +msgid "Validation by the manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the " +"manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the " +"menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 +msgid "The manager can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 +msgid "" +"discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " +"bill is missing);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 +msgid "reject an expense;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 +msgid "approve an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 +msgid "Control by the accountant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted " +"by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is " +"created and posted in your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 +msgid "" +"If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of " +"expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 +msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, " +"the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not " +"invoiced to the customer yet and will be included in the next invoice that " +"will be send to the customer (charge travel and accommodations on a customer" +" project)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 +msgid "" +"To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order." +" (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you " +"invoice all your orders in batch)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 +msgid "Reimburse the employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 +msgid "" +"If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should " +"reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged" +" payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183 +msgid "" +"All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount " +"due." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 +msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 +msgid "" +"If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 +msgid "" +"if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the " +"invoicing policy on the product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 +msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 +msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 +msgid "" +"if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be " +"reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" +" invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 +msgid ":doc:`forecast`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 +msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having " +"different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay " +"and when. Paying your vendors too early can decrease your cash " +"availabilities and paying too late can lead to extra charges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to " +"vendors efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 +msgid "Configuration: payment terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. " +"Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date " +"on an invoice. As an example, a payment term can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 +msgid "50% within 30 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 +msgid "50% within 45 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the " +"**Accounting** application. The following example show a payment term of 30%" +" directly and the balance after 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by " +"default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor" +" form. That way, every time you will purchase to this vendor, Odoo will " +"propose you automatically the right payment term." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be " +"able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 +msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable " +"report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. " +"This report gives you a summary per vendor of the amounts to pay, compared " +"to their due date (the due date being computed on each bill using the " +"payment term)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 +msgid "" +"This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 +msgid "Select bills to pay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a " +"list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills" +" that you should pay or the bills that are overdue (you are late on the " +"payment)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 +msgid "" +"From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view " +"to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by " +"\"Due Date\" feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 +msgid "Pay supplier bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 +msgid "Pay by Checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. " +"Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. " +"Finally, the bank reconciliation process will match the checks you sent to " +"suppliers with actual bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:29 +msgid "Install the required module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check " +"Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in " +"Odoo. Others modules are necessary to print checks, according to the " +"country. As an example, the **U.S. Check Printing** module is required to " +"print U.S. checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24 +msgid "" +"According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " +"may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " +"install, it's configured by default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 +msgid "Activate checks payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " +"on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " +"when you enter the accounting application), click on your bank account on " +":menuselection:`More --> Settings` option. On the **Payment Method** field, " +"set **Check**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 +msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 +msgid "United States" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 +msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 +msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 +msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50 +msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to customize your own check format through " +"customizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55 +msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 +msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 +msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 +msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 +msgid "reconcile bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 +msgid "Register a payment by check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " +":menuselection:`Purchases --> Supplier Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " +"validated, you can register a payment. Set the **Payment Method** to " +"**Check** and validate the payment dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 +msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:80 +msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:85 +msgid "Print checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 +msgid "" +"From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " +"\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " +"checks that are not printed yet. From this screen, you can print all checks " +"in batch or review them one by one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " +"open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " +"will ask you the number of the check. It automatically proposes you the next" +" number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " +"Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 +msgid "Reconcile Bank Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " +"bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " +"payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:115 +msgid "" +"to review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " +"filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" +" weeks ago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120 +msgid "Pay anything with a check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +msgid "" +"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," +" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " +"payment and select a payment method by check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126 +msgid "" +"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " +"**Memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " +"Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" +" flow to print checks in batch:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:136 +msgid "`Print checks `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:138 +msgid "`Reconcile bank statements `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 +msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " +"with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " +"able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 +msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 +msgid "Record several payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " +"whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " +"open the accounting application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " +"the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " +"Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " +"**Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 +msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 +msgid "" +"We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" +" **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" +" on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" +" the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " +"also generate a move from the payment account and reconcile it with the " +"expense transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 +msgid "Pay several bills altogether" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 +msgid "" +"In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " +"following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" +" vendor.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" +" the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " +"the page, click on **Register Payment**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " +"for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 +msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " +"recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 +msgid "First, we need to create a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 +msgid "" +"This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " +"Option --> Send Money`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " +"and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " +"the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 +msgid "" +"As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " +"remaining to reconcile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 +msgid "" +"After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " +"reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " +"transaction amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 +msgid "For more detail on the bank reconciliation process, please read:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 +msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109 +msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111 +msgid "" +"You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " +"payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " +"various bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +msgid "" +"We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118 +msgid "" +"We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " +"offer us early payment discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124 +msgid "" +"We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" +" term." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130 +msgid "We have created the following bills:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135 +msgid "" +"We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" +" cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " +"model for cash discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 +msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 +msgid "For bank statement reconciliation with model option, see" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:67 +msgid "Pay with SEPA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 +msgid "" +"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " +"the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." +" SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " +"transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 +msgid "" +"SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " +"Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill " +"with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA " +"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank. The file " +"follows the SEPA Credit Transfer 'PAIN.001.001.03' specifications. This is a" +" well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the " +"account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will " +"seamlessly match the SEPA orders you sent to your bank with actual bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " +"module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on " +"Odoo payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:37 +msgid "" +"According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " +"be installed by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41 +msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " +"related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " +"when you enter the accounting application), click on \"More\" on your bank " +"account and select the \"Settings\" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " +"Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" +" Transfer**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " +"work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:58 +msgid "" +"By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " +"initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " +"statement in the **payment from** field. You can customize it in your " +"company settings, in the tab **Configuration**, under the **SEPA** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70 +msgid "Register your payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 +msgid "" +"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," +" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " +"payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " +"Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " +"(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80 +msgid "" +"For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " +"bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " +"one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " +"**memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " +"pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" +" top of a vendor bill. The form is the same, but the payment is directly " +"linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96 +msgid "Generate SEPA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " +"generate for every bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " +"SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " +"to select all payment at once) and click on :menuselection:`More --> " +"Download SEPA Payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116 +msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Ask your bank if they support **PAIN.001.001.03 SEPA Credit Transfers**. If " +"they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the " +"error message to your Odoo partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 +msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:125 +msgid "" +"In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" +" IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " +"for the partner you are paying but forgot to fill in the BIC field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`check`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Supplier Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests" +" for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business " +"cases send me a Vendor Bill. Depending on his invoice policy I then have a " +"defined amount of time to pay the Bill. A Purchase receipts are " +"confirmations of received paiements. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill " +"will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. " +"On the other hand we usually immediately pay the purchase receipts, which " +"means no debt account is necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," +" as vendors bills apply one taxe amount over the entire bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods were only a purchase " +"receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " +"handle them in accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Let's take the following example: we need to buy foreign tea for our " +"customers from a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week " +"buy 50 euros worth of tea and a teapot worth 20 euros. We pay with the " +"company's bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be " +"installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for" +" \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 +msgid "Register a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 +msgid "" +"By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase " +"Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting " +"app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. " +"Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or " +"**Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later, will generate a " +"debt accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly " +"option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For " +"the example we suppose the tea is a 12% taxe and the Tea Pott 21%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to " +":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to " +"completely close the transaction in your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " +"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " +"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" +" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " +"management processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 +msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " +"vendor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " +"Order (PO)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " +"stockable products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " +"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 +msgid "" +"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " +"only one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 +msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " +"install it. Due to certain dependencies, Installing Purchase will " +"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 +msgid "Creating products" +msgstr "Creando productos" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " +"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase, and " +"click create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 +msgid "" +"When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as " +"it is important:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep " +"track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " +"will allow for receiving these kinds of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will " +"not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " +"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " +"of these designations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65 +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " +"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " +"management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product" +" type to **Service**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 +msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" +msgstr "Gestionando las cuentas de sus vendedores" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73 +msgid "Purchasing products or services" +msgstr "Comprando productos o servicios" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75 +msgid "" +"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " +"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " +"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor " +"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the " +"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " +"Reference)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89 +msgid "Receiving Products" +msgstr "Recibiendo productos" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " +"you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " +"you confirm a Purchase Order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should " +"see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button " +"is outlined in red below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be " +"received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" +" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the Vendor " +"(Partner), the product, or the source document, also known as the reference " +"of your purchase order. You also have the capability to group the orders by " +"different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will" +" open the following screen where you then will receive the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 +msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 +msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" +msgstr "Gestionando las cuentas de sus vendedores" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 +msgid "" +"When you receive a Vendor Bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" +" in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" +" a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a Vendor Bill is to select" +" the appropriate Vendor as this will also pull up any associated accounting " +"or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify any one or " +"multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you select a" +" Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced products " +"associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that " +"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " +"Vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " +"reference number or your internal purchase order number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 +msgid "" +"While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need" +" (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 +msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 +msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " +"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " +"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this" +" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and" +" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" +" validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 +msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 +msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what " +"Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several " +"reasons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 +msgid "" +"the vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" +" have not ordered," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 +msgid "" +"the vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," +" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 +msgid "or the vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 +msgid "" +"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " +"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " +"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 +msgid "" +"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " +"could be due to one of a few reasons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 +msgid "" +"the vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order, therefore it is" +" not going to appear anywhere in the selection," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 +msgid "" +"someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 +msgid "or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 +msgid "How product quantities are managed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 +msgid "" +"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " +"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 +msgid "" +"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " +"quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " +"your system administrator to enable these access on :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Users --> Users --> Access Rights`. Once you belong to the correct " +"group, select the product(s) you wish to modify, and you should see a new " +"field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215 +msgid "" +"You can then change the default management method for the selected product " +"to be based on either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 +msgid "Ordered quantities" +msgstr "Cantidades ordenadas" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 +msgid "or Received quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 +msgid "Batch Billing" +msgstr "Facturación por lotes" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 +msgid "" +"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " +"you may continue to select additional purchase orders and Odoo will add the " +"additional line items from that purchase order.. If you have not deleted the" +" previous line items from the first purchase order the bill will be linked " +"to all the appropriate purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 +msgid "Account Receivables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 +msgid "Customer Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup cash discounts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash discounts are an incentive (usually a small percentage) that you offer " +"to customers in return for paying a bill owed before the scheduled due date." +" If used properly, cash discounts improve the Days Sales Outstanding aspect " +"of a business's cash conversion cycle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:10 +msgid "" +"For example, a typical cash discount would be: you offer a 2% discount on an" +" invoice due in 30 days if the customer were to pay within the first 5 days " +"of receiving the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:18 +msgid "Payment terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In order to manage cash discounts, we will use the payment terms concept of " +"Odoo (From the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Management --> Payment terms --> Create`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Let's start with the above example: a 2% discount on an invoice due in 30 " +"days if the customer were to pay within the first 5 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 +msgid "" +"A typical payment term of 30 days would have only one installment: balance " +"in 30 days. But, in order to configure the cash discount, you can configure " +"the payment term with two installments:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:31 +msgid "98% within 5 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:32 +msgid "balance within 30 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make it clear that it's not a payment term but a cash discount, don't " +"forget to set a clear description that will appear on the invoice: Invoice " +"is due within 30 days, but you can benefit from a 2% cash discount if you " +"pay within 5 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:43 +msgid "Bank reconciliation model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In order to speed up the bank reconciliation process, we can create a model " +"of entry for all cash discounts. To do that, from the Accounting application" +" dashboard, click on the \"More\" link on the bank and choose the option " +"\"Reconciliation Models\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:53 +msgid "Create a new model for cash discounts as follow:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:55 +msgid "**Button Label**: Cash Discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 +msgid "**Account**: Cash Discount (according to your country)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:57 +msgid "**Amount Type**: Percentage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 +msgid "**Amount**: 100%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:60 +msgid "**Taxes**: depending on your country, you may put a tax on the cash" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:60 +msgid "discount if taxes have to be deduced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Even if it's a 2% cash discount, set a 100% amount on the reconciliation " +"model as it means 100% of the remaining balance (the 2%). You can use the " +"same reconciliation model for all your cash discount. No need to create a " +"model per payment term." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:73 +msgid "Creating an invoice with a cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:75 +msgid "" +"When you create a customer invoice, set the right payment term \"30 days, 2%" +" cash discount\" right after having selected the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split the account " +"receivable part of the journal entry with two installments having a " +"different due date: 98% within 5 days, 2% within 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:92 +msgid "Paying the invoice with a cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the customer pays with a cash discount, when processing the bank " +"statement, you will match the payment (98%) with the related line in the " +"journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:101 +msgid "" +"As you can see in the above screenshot, when selecting the customer, you " +"also see the 2% remaining of 3$. If you want to accept the cash discount (if" +" the customer paid within the 5 days), you can click on this line with 2%, " +"click on \"Open Balance\", and select your \"Cash Discount\" reconciliation " +"model. That way, the invoice is marked as fully paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:109 +msgid "" +"from now on, matching the remaining 2% has to be done manually. In the " +"future, we plan to automate the reconciliation of the 2% if the 98% are paid" +" on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:113 +msgid "Paying the invoice in full" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If the customer pays the invoice fully, without benefiting from the cash " +"discount, you will reconcile the payment (in full) with the two lines from " +"the invoice (98% and 2%). Just click on the two lines to match them with the" +" payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:125 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`overview`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 +msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Deferred/unearned revenue is an advance payment recorded on the recipient's " +"balance sheet as a liability account until either the services have been " +"rendered or the products have been delivered. Deferred revenue is a " +"liability account because it refers to revenue that has not yet been earned," +" but represents products or services that are owed to the customer. As the " +"products or services are delivered over time, the revenue is recognized and " +"posted on the income statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For example: let's say you sell a 2 year support contract for $24,000 that " +"begins next month for a period of 24 months. Once you validate the customer " +"invoice, the $24.000 should be posted into a deferred revenues account. This" +" is because the $24,000 you received has not yet been earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Over the next 24 months, you will be reducing the deferred revenues account " +"by $1,000 ($24,000/24) on a monthly basis and recognizing that amount as " +"revenue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 +msgid "Module installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In order to automate deferred revenues, go to the settings menu under the " +"application :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` and activate the " +"**Assets management & revenue recognition** option. This will install the " +"**Revenue Recognition Management** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In some version of Odoo 9, besides checking this option, you need to install" +" the \"Revenue Recognition Management\" module. If you are using Odoo 9, you" +" might check if the module is correctly installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 +msgid "Define deferred revenue types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Once the module is installed, you need to create deferred revenue types. " +"From the Accounting application, go to the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Deferred Revenues Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 +msgid "Example: 12 months maintenance contract" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 +msgid "Some example of deferred revenues types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 +msgid "1 year service contract" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 +msgid "3 years service contracts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 +msgid "Set deferred revenues on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once deferred revenues types are defined, you can set them on the related " +"products. On the product form, in the Accounting tab, you can set a deferred" +" revenue type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Here are some examples of products and their related deferred revenue types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 +msgid "Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 +msgid "Deferred Revenue Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 +msgid "Support Contract: 3 years" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 +msgid "Netflix subscription: 3 years" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 +msgid "Flowers every month" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 +msgid "1 year product contract" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 +msgid "Sell and invoice products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Once the products are configured, you can create a customer invoice using " +"this product. Once the customer invoice is validated, Odoo will " +"automatically create a deferred revenue for you, and the related journal " +"entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +msgid "**Dr**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +msgid "**Cr**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 +msgid "Accounts receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 +msgid "24000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 +msgid "Deferred revenue account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Then, every month, Odoo will post a journal entry for the revenue " +"recognition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 +msgid "1000" +msgstr "1000" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 +msgid "Service revenue account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To analyze all your current contracts having a deferred revenue, you can use" +" the menu Reporting > Deferred Revenue Analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 +msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use " +"payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier " +"bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 +msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 +msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15 +msgid "" +"payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, " +"for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a " +"payment term but an invoice policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Configure your usual installment plans from the application " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration > Payment Terms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25 +msgid "" +"A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " +"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " +"several lines, make sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in " +"10 days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not compute " +"exactly 100%)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 +msgid "Payment terms for customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 +msgid "You can set payment terms on:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 +msgid "" +"**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders " +"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " +"this payment term for all future orders for this customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48 +msgid "" +"**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from " +"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 +msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the " +"invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce " +"the following journal entry (for the clarity of the example, we did not set " +"any tax on the invoice):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +msgid "Due date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 " +"days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +msgid "Jan 03" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +msgid "10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +msgid "Jan 30" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +msgid "90" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80 +msgid "" +"On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates. " +"To get the customer statement, use the menu Sales > Customers Statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:3 +msgid "How to modify a validated invoice?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most accounting legislation over the word, it's not allowed to modify an " +"invoice that is validated and sent to the customer. However, you sometimes " +"need to change an invoice for different reasons: the sale has changed, the " +"made a mistake while recording the invoice, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:10 +msgid "Thus, the right way to modify an invoice is to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:12 +msgid "Refund the original invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:13 +msgid "Create a new invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Odoo's refund mechanism helps you handle the whole process in just a few " +"clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:19 +msgid "Modify an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If your invoice is still in draft, you can modify it the way you want. " +"However, if your invoice is validated, you can not change it anymore. If you" +" need to modify it, the right operations to do are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:25 +msgid "Refund the original invoice;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:26 +msgid "Reconcile the original invoice with the refund to void them;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:27 +msgid "Create a new draft invoice, a copy of the original;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:28 +msgid "Validate the new invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:30 +msgid "" +"All those steps are automated by Odoo. All you have to do is to click on the" +" Refund button on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the refund dialog, select the option \"Modify: create a refund, reconcile" +" and create a draft invoice\". Once you click on the \"Create Refund\" " +"button, Odoo will void your existing invoice and create a new draft invoice " +"that is a duplicate of the original one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:41 +msgid "Edit this new draft invoice and validate it when it's correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:45 +msgid "" +"if you already sent the original invoice to your customer, you should send " +"the new invoice and the refund to the customer so that he gets all the " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`refund`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " +"ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " +"invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other " +"documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to " +"validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or " +"email)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " +"create draft invoices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 +msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " +"once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" +" order. You have different options like:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " +"invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " +"delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " +"the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 +msgid "" +"For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " +"the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the " +"whole order, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice some lines, invoice a " +"fixed advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 +msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 +msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" +" sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " +"you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods (invoice based on" +" actual Kg)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 +msgid "" +"This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " +"really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " +"later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 +msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +msgid "" +"An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " +"fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " +"creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is " +"received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 +msgid "Contracts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 +msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " +"spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " +"salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 +msgid "Activities can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +msgid "" +"fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 +msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoiced)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 +msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 +msgid "" +"expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 +msgid "" +"You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." +" This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " +"time and material. For services companies that invoice on fix price, they " +"use a regular sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 +msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 +msgid "" +"For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " +"frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" +" the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 +msgid "Creating an invoice manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " +"order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " +"process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " +"invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 +msgid "if you need to create a refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123 +msgid "If you need to give a discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125 +msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127 +msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130 +msgid "Specific modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 +msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 +msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136 +msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both " +"customer invoices and supplier bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Payment terms are different from invoicing in several times. If, for a " +"specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " +"term but invoice conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the " +"Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that " +"appear on the invoice or the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 +msgid "" +"A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " +"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " +"several lines, be sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in 10" +" days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not do exactly " +"100%)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 +msgid "Using Payment Terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 +msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +msgid "" +"**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders " +"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " +"this payment term for all future orders of this customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 +msgid "" +"**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from " +"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 +msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice " +"is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce " +"this journal entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 +msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due " +"date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date" +" is enough." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 +msgid "" +"But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can " +"still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a " +"payment term on the vendor bill, you don't need to set a due date. The exact" +" due date for all installments will be automatically created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:3 +msgid "How to edit or refund an invoice?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, it's not possible to modify an invoice that has been validated and " +"sent to the customer. If a mistake was made on a validated invoice, the " +"legal way to handle that is to refund the invoice, reconcile it with the " +"original invoice to close them and create a new invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:10 +msgid "Modifying a validated invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you need to modify an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " +"the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Modify: create a refund, " +"reconcile, and create a new draft invoice\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:37 +msgid "Odoo will automatically:" +msgstr "Odoo automáticamente:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:39 +msgid "Create a refund for your invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Reconcile the refund invoice with the original invoice (marking both as " +"Paid)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:23 +msgid "Create a new draft invoice you can modify" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Then, you can modify the draft invoice and validate it once it's correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:28 +msgid "Cancelling an invoice" +msgstr "Cancelando una factura" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you need to cancel an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " +"the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Cancel: create a refund " +"and reconcile\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Nothing else needs to be done. You can send the refund by regular mail or " +"email to your customer, if you already sent the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:46 +msgid "Refunding part of an invoice" +msgstr "Reembolso de parte de una factura" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you need to refund an existing invoice partially, use the Refund Invoice " +"button on the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Create a draft " +"refund\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically create a draft refund. You may modify the refund " +"(example: remove the lines you do not want to refund) and validate it. Then," +" send the refund by regular mail or email to your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Refunding an invoice is different from refunding a payment. Usually, a " +"refund invoice is sent before the customer has done a payment. If the " +"customer has already paid, they should be reimbursed by doing a customer " +"payment refund." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 +msgid "Customer Payments" +msgstr "Pagos de Cliente" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 +msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" +msgstr "¿Cómo registrar pagos de clientes con cheques?" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " +"approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " +"check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " +"Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " +"from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 +msgid "" +"**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " +"payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" +" Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with " +"your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " +"entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 +msgid "" +"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " +"balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " +"yet). Both approaches require the same effort." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " +"because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " +"checks to your bank accounts in batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 +msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" +msgstr "Opción 1: Fondos no depositados" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 +msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" +msgstr "Crear un Diario **Cheques**" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 +msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 +msgid "From check payments to bank statements" +msgstr "Desde pago de cheques hasta estados de cuenta bancario" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " +"become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " +"**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" +" default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 +msgid "Memo: write the Check number" +msgstr "Memo: escriba el número de cheque" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 +msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +msgid "Statement Match" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 +msgid "100.00" +msgstr "100.00" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +msgid "Undeposited Funds" +msgstr "Fondos no depositados" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 +msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " +"the check that is in Undeposited Funds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +msgid "X" +msgstr "X" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " +"checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " +"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" +" process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " +"cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110 +msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 +msgid "" +"These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 +msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 +msgid "Memo: write the check number" +msgstr "Memo: escriba el número de cheque" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" +" statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " +"relate it to the statement line)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137 +msgid "" +"With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 +msgid "" +"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " +"invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" +" be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" +" will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " +"**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " +"paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " +"the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 +msgid "How to accept credit card payments on invoices?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support" +" both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive " +"the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card " +"on the invoice (using a Credit card journal and posted on the Undeposited " +"Fund account). Then, once the credit card payments arrives in your bank " +"account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 +msgid "" +"**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the " +"credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card," +" without going through the Undeposited Funds. Once you process your bank " +"statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the credit card " +"payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 +msgid "" +"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " +"balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been " +"cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to" +" take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be " +"automatically recorded in the right journal. You will use the second " +"approach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " +"because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* " +"users)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 +msgid "" +"On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " +"--> Create`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 +msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 +msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 +msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once it's done, don't forget to set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow " +"Reconciliation\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 +msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. " +"Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two" +" transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice " +"and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 +msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 +msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 +msgid "Credit Cards" +msgstr "Tarjetas de Crédito" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " +"the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +msgid "Credit cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list " +"of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" " +"account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" +" process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one " +"is cleaner because those credit cards have not been reported yet on your " +"bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115 +msgid "" +"There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using " +"this method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125 +msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 +msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been " +"recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching " +"with the statement and this actual payment (technically: point this payment " +"and relate it to the statement line)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " +"invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method" +" may be more convenient if you have a lot of credit cards to record in a " +"batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments " +"with invoices)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the " +"report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been" +" received or paid by the bank (this report is available from the \"More\" " +"option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:167 +msgid ":doc:`recording`" +msgstr ":doc:`recording`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`paypal`" +msgstr ":doc:`paypal`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 +msgid ":doc:`followup`" +msgstr ":doc:`followup`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid and organize customer follow-ups?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Getting paid and organizing customer reminders is always a difficult task, " +"however it is critical for the health of the company to stay diligent about " +"outstanding receivables. Fortunately, Odoo provides the right tools to track" +" receivables, automate customer statements, and measure your performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:12 +msgid "Customer follow-ups: A step by step guide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:15 +msgid "Cleaning up outstanding payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you have any unreconciled transactions in your bank account, you will " +"need to process them first before you begin analyzing your customers " +"statements. This ensures that you have recorded all of the latest customer " +"payments before sending out reminders to any customers with outstanding " +"balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:27 +msgid "Checking the Aged Receivables report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"After you have reconciled all of your bank accounts, you can then generate " +"an accurate Aged Receivables Report from the Reports menu. This report will " +"display all of the customers and their outstanding balances on open " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The report displays this information in time increments to better paint a " +"picture of the outstanding balances your customers hold and for how long " +"they have held these outstanding balances. You can then appropriately focus " +"your efforts on the appropriate customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can then select any of the customers on this list and Odoo will open up " +"their invoice details in the form of the Customer Follow-Up letter, also " +"known as the **Customer Statement**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:49 +msgid "From the customer statement, you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:51 +msgid "Change and customize the message that is sent to the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:53 +msgid "Send a reminder email to the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:55 +msgid "Send a printed reminder letter to the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:57 +msgid "Send automated printed reminders by utilizing our Docsaway integration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:60 +msgid "Zoom in on the different open invoices or payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:62 +msgid "Remove an invoice or payment from the report (in case of conflict)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:64 +msgid "Log any call notes made to the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Schedule your next follow up task to stay on top of customer payments (e.g. " +"call back in 15 days if not payments are made)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can set reminders for when you would like to next contact the particular" +" customer. Selecting **Manual** will open up the follow up scheduling tool, " +"while selecting **Auto** will automatically recommend that you contact the " +"customer 15 days from then if the customer has not yet paid for the invoice." +" Installing the **Follow-Up Plans** module will allow you to define " +"automated actions and intervals to send reminders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you have already sent out a reminder to a customer a few days ago, a " +"warning message will appear at the top of the screen, reminding you that you" +" should not send another reminder so soon since one was already sent " +"recently. Every time you log a note, Odoo will automatically set the next " +"reminder date, unless you choose to manually set it by selecting the next " +"reminder button at the top right of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:88 +msgid "" +"You can also specify the expected payment date on an invoice line directly, " +"therefore defining the next reminder in case the invoice has not been paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:92 +msgid "Sending customer statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Send your customers reminders in batches in the menu :menuselection:`Sales " +"--> Customer Statements`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Here Odoo will open all the statements awaiting to be processed, which is " +"determined by the last reminder they received. You can choose to process " +"them one by one, send multiple letters or emails in batches, or set a next " +"action date for the next time they'll be contacted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If an invoice has not yet been paid, Odoo will remind you to contact at " +"particular customer based after their next action date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:107 +msgid "" +"You can access the customer statement report daily and Odoo will only " +"display the customers you need to contact on any given day. This is based " +"on:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:111 +msgid "Customers you have not yet received a payment from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Customers that have not been reminded over the last X days (\"X\" being " +"defined as the overdue date of the invoice after the first reminder, then " +"the next action date set at every reminder)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:118 +msgid "Setting up your dunning process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The **Payment Follow-up Management** module allows you to define reminder " +"plans. After installing it from the **Apps** menu, go to the **Follow-up " +"Levels** menu in the accounting configuration to set up your dunning " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:125 +msgid "Some Examples are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:127 +msgid "**Email**: 3 days before overdue date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:129 +msgid "**Email+Letter**: at the overdue date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:131 +msgid "**Email+Call**: 15 days after the overdue date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:133 +msgid "**Email+Letter**: 60 days after the overdue date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Thanks to this module, you can send every email and letters in batches for " +"all your customers at once. The next reminder will automatically be computed" +" based on your configured follow-up plan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:142 +msgid "" +"The module will also add a red/green dot on each customer, this will allow " +"you to easily mark customer status's with the following options: \"Good " +"Debtor, Normal Debtor, or bad debtors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:150 +msgid "DSO: Measuring your performance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The DSO (Days of Outstanding Sales) is a measure of the average number of " +"days that a company takes to collect revenue after a sale has been made. DSO" +" is calculated by dividing the amount of accounts receivable during a given " +"period by the total value of credit sales during the same period, and " +"multiplying the result by the number of days in the period measured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:159 +msgid "" +"You can get the DSO of your company from the Executive Summary report under " +"Reporting (check the KPI average debtors days)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "How to accept paypal payments on invoices?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The \"Paypal Payment Acquirer\" module allows you to accept payments via " +"paypal, for your sales orders, invoices, or online orders. As paypal accepts" +" payments through credit cards (VISA, Mastercard, …), you will be able to " +"process most payment methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:10 +msgid "Paypal support two modes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Paypal Merchant Account: the user is redirected to paypal to do the payment " +"(either with a credit card or a paypal account)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:15 +msgid "" +"PayPal PayFlow Pro (S2S, Server 2 Server): the user is not redirected to " +"paypal and the payment can be done in the background. This method is mostly " +"used for subscription businesses where you need to charge your customers " +"periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:20 +msgid "As of today, Odoo only support the normal Paypal Merchant Account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:26 +msgid "Install the \"PayPal Payment Acquirer\" module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:28 +msgid "Start by installing the **PayPal Payment Acquirer** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Once the module is installed, you should see a new payment acquirer in the " +"Setting application, menu \"Payment Acquirers\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"By default, Paypal is configured to work in a test environment, out-of-the-" +"box. It means you can already test the full order to payment flow with the " +"paypal sandbox, without having to configure the next steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:42 +msgid "Creating and configuring a PayPal merchant account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:45 +msgid "Create a basic Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:47 +msgid "Existing or newly created Personal Paypal account can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:49 +msgid "Or upgrade your account to Business account (merchant) if needed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:55 +msgid "Paypal Account Summary page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:58 +msgid "Paypal Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración Paypal" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Access \"Seller preferences\" menu from `PayPal website " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:66 +msgid "Access \"Website preferences\" and configure Auto Return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:68 +msgid "**Database name**: yourcompany" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:87 +msgid "**Website URL**: https://yourcompany.odoo.com/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:70 +msgid "**Return URL**: https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:75 +msgid "These settings will redirect your buyer to your web confirmation page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:79 +msgid "Access and edit Instant payment notifications settings - IPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:84 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "Ejemplo" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:86 +msgid "**Database name**: \"yourcompany\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:88 +msgid "**Notification URL**: https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:90 +msgid "verify that your Notify URL uses the correct protocol (HTTP / HTTPS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Set the encoding to UTF-8 from the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Language Encoding --> More Options --> More selling tools`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Record your Merchant Paypal ID (personal or business account both will have " +"it) it will be entered in Odoo backend :menuselection:`Paypal Settings --> " +"Account Options`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If you want your customers to be able to pay through Paypal while not having" +" a Paypal account- following setting \"Paypal Account Optional\" needs to be" +" set to **ON**. All users will be able to choose Credit/debit card payment " +"option - Paypal account not required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:118 +msgid "Setup your Paypal Payment Acquirer account credentials in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:120 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Settings --> Payments --> Payment Acquirers --> Paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:122 +msgid "**Paypal Email ID**: your paypal account email address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:124 +msgid "**Paypal Merchant ID**: ID retrieved at previous step" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:134 +msgid "" +"If your eCommerce customer gets this Error Message after completing Paypal " +"payment instead of being redirected to your database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Verify the Auto Return URL you have `configured in Paypal " +"`_ is correct and pointing to your own domain name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:143 +msgid "You can either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:145 +msgid "Enter the correct return URL and activate Auto Return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:147 +msgid "" +"or deactivate Auto Return and delete URL (this method will have an extra " +"click through Paypal in order to return to your ecommerce page.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" +msgstr ":doc:`credit_cards`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 +msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand" +" alone record for use on a later date:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the " +"invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding " +"credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a " +"vendor. You can use this outstanding credit/debit to pay future invoices or " +"bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 +msgid "Paying an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the " +"payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount " +"due." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the" +" payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile " +"the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " +"linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" +" different currency, Odoo will create a journal entry to reverse the " +"Currency Exchange Loss/Gain posted at the time of reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39 +msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 +msgid "Registering a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " +"menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " +"you use these menus, the payment is not linked to an invoice, but can easily" +" be reconciled on an invoice later on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " +"payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " +"transaction is defined by the payment method. If the payment refers to a " +"document (sale order, purchase order or invoice), set the reference of this " +"document in the memo field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " +"just made in the accounting application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 +msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " +"invoice directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67 +msgid "" +"When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " +"payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " +"reconcile this payment to the invoice near the totals at the bottom, under " +"\"Outstanding Payments\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76 +msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " +"(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " +"feature within Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " +"Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " +"Receivable and Payable, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " +"and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " +"matching of all their payments and invoices at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96 +msgid "" +"During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " +"match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " +"reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101 +msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " +"between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110 +msgid "" +"This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118 +msgid "" +"When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " +"the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " +"register payments screen, you select the transfer to account. Do not go " +"through this process again in the other bank account or else you will end up" +" with two journal entries for the same transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:3 +msgid "How to automate customer follow-ups with plans?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With the Odoo Accounting application, you get a dynamic aged receivable " +"report, customer statements and you can easily send them to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to go further in the automation of the credit collection " +"process, you can use follow-up plans. They will help you automate all the " +"steps to get paid, by triggering them at the right time: send customer " +"statements by emails, send regular letter (through the Docsaway " +"integration), create a task to manually call the customer, etc..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:14 +msgid "Here is an example of a plan:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:17 +msgid "When?" +msgstr "¿Cuándo?" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:17 +msgid "What?" +msgstr "¿Qué?" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:17 +msgid "Who?" +msgstr "¿Quién?" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:19 +msgid "3 days before due date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:19 +msgid "Email" +msgstr "Email" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:21 +msgid "automated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:21 +msgid "1 day after due date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:21 +msgid "Email + Regular Letter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:23 +msgid "15 days after due date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:23 +msgid "Call the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:25 +msgid "John Mac Gregor" +msgstr "John Mac Gregor" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:25 +msgid "35 days after due date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:25 +msgid "Email + Letter + Call" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:27 +msgid "60 days after due date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:27 +msgid "Formal notice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:27 +msgid "Bailiff" +msgstr "Alguacil" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:34 +msgid "Install Reminder Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You must start by activating the feature, using the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the Accounting application. " +"From the settings screen, activate the feature **Enable payment follow-up " +"management**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:44 +msgid "Define Payment Follow-ups Levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To automate customer follow ups, you must configure your follow–up levels " +"using the menu :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Follow-ups`. You should define one and only one follow-up plan per company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The levels of follow-up are relative to the due date; when no payment term " +"is specified, the invoice date will be considered as the due date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:53 +msgid "" +"For each level, you should define the number of days and create a note which" +" will automatically be added into the reminder letter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:59 +msgid "Odoo defines several actions for every reminder:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:61 +msgid "" +"**Manual Action:** assign a responsible that will have to call the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:62 +msgid "**Send an Email:** send an email to customer using the provided text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Send a Letter:** send a letter by regular mail, using the provided note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:69 +msgid "" +"As you need to provide a number of days relative to the due date, you can " +"use a negative number. As an example, if an invoice is issued the January " +"1st but the due date is January 30, if you set a reminder 3 days before the " +"due date, the customer may receive an email in January 17." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:76 +msgid "Doing your weekly follow-ups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Once everything is setup, Odoo will prepare follow-up letters and emails " +"automatically for you. All you have to do is to the menu " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Customers Statement` in the accounting " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically propose you actions based on the follow-up plan you " +"defined, invoices to pay and payment received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:88 +msgid "" +"You can use this menu every day, once a week or once a month. You do not " +"risk to send two times the same reminder to your customer. Odoo only " +"proposes you the action you have to do. If you do it every day, you will " +"have a few calls to do per day. If you do it once a month, you will have " +"much more work once you do it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:94 +msgid "" +"It's up to you to organize the way you want to work. But it's a good " +"practice to reconcile your bank statements before launching the follow-ups. " +"That way, all paid invoices will be reconciled and you will not send a " +"follow-up letter to a customer that already paid his invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:99 +msgid "From a customer follow-up proposition, you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:101 +msgid "Get the customer information to contact him" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:103 +msgid "Drill down to the customer information form by clicking on its name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:105 +msgid "Change the text (or the email or letter) and adapt to the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Change the colored dot to mark the customer as being a good, normal or bad " +"debtor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:110 +msgid "Log a note is you called the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:112 +msgid "Exclude some invoices from the statement table (litigation)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:114 +msgid "Send an email with the statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Print a letter, or send a regular mail (if you installed the Docsaway " +"integration)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Plan the next reminder (but it's better to keep in automatic mode so that " +"Odoo will stick to the follow-up plan of the company)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:122 +msgid "Drill down to an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Change the expected payment date of an invoice (thus, impacting the next " +"time Odoo will propose you to send a reminder)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:128 +msgid "" +"You can force a customer statement, even if Odoo do not proposes you to do " +"it, because it's not the right date yet. To do this, you should go to the " +"Aged Receivable report (in the report menu of the Accounting application). " +"From this report, you can click on a customer to get to his customer " +"statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:135 +msgid "How to exclude an invoice from auto follow up?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:137 +msgid "To see all **overdue invoices** or **on need of action**," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:139 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Customers Statement`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:145 +msgid "Exclude a specific invoice for a specific date" +msgstr "Excluir una factura específica para una fecha determinada" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Odoo can exclude an invoice from follow-ups actions for specific date by " +"clicking on **Log a Note**, then choose one of the ready options (*one " +"week*, *two weeks*, *one month*, *two months*), So Odoo will calculate the " +"required date according to the current date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Another way to achieve it is the following: click on the required invoice, " +"then choose **Change expected payment date/note**, then enter a new payment " +"date and note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:162 +msgid "Exclude a specific invoice forever" +msgstr "Excluir una factura específica para siempre" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Odoo can exclude an invoice for a specific customer by clicking on the " +"checkbox **Excluded**" +msgstr "Odoo puede excluir una factura para un cliente específico haciendo clic en la casilla **Excluidos**" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:168 +msgid "If you click on **History**, you can see all follow ups actions." +msgstr "Si hace clic en **Historial**, puede ver todas las accionesde seguimiento." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9bdc35aa2 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# +# Translators: +# Rojas Pablo , 2015 +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-05 15:48+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-06 22:06+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Rojas Pablo \n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/es/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: es\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../applications.rst:3 +msgid "Applications" +msgstr "Aplicaciones" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5de38152b --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -0,0 +1,1768 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# +# Translators: +# Rojas Pablo , 2015 +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-05 15:48+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-07 22:22+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Rojas Pablo \n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/es/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: es\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../crm.rst:5 +msgid "CRM" +msgstr "CRM" + +#: ../../crm/leads.rst:3 +msgid "Leads" +msgstr "Iniciativas" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads" +msgstr "Generar iniciativas" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:3 +msgid "How to generate leads from incoming emails?" +msgstr "¿Cómo generar iniciativas desde correos entrantes?" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are several ways for your company to :doc:`generate leads with Odoo " +"CRM `. One of them is using your company's generic email address as " +"a trigger to create a new lead in the system. In Odoo, each one of your " +"sales teams is linked to its own email address from which prospects can " +"reach them. For example, if the personal email address of your Direct team " +"is **direct@mycompany.example.com**, every email sent will automatically " +"create a new opportunity into the sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:14 +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:73 +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:30 +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:19 +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The first thing you need to do is to configure your **outgoing email " +"servers** and **incoming email gateway** from the :menuselection:`Settings " +"module --> General Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Then set up your alias domain from the field shown here below and click on " +"**Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:26 +msgid "Set up team alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Go on the Sales module and click on **Dashboard**. You will see that the " +"activation of your domain alias has generated a default email alias for your" +" existing sales teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You can easily personalize your sales teams aliases. Click on the More " +"button from the sales team of your choice, then on **Settings** to access " +"the sales team form. From the **Email Alias** field, enter your email alias " +"and click on **Save**. Make sure to allow receiving emails from everyone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:41 +msgid "" +"From there, each email sent to this email address will generate a new lead " +"into the related sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:48 +msgid "Set up catch-all email domain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Additionally to your sales team aliases, you can also create a generic email" +" alias (e.g. *contact@* or *info@* ) that will also generate a new contact " +"in Odoo CRM. Still from the Sales module, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and set up your catch-all email " +"domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You can choose whether the contacts generated from your catch-all email " +"become leads or opportunities using the radio buttons that you see on the " +"screenshot here below. Note that, by default, the lead stage is not " +"activated in Odoo CRM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:67 +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:89 +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`manual`" +msgstr ":doc:`manual`" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:68 +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:69 +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:195 +msgid ":doc:`import`" +msgstr ":doc:`import`" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:69 +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:91 +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:73 +msgid ":doc:`website`" +msgstr ":doc:`website`" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:3 +msgid "How to import contacts to the CRM?" +msgstr "¿Cómo importar contactos al CRM?" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo CRM, you can import a database of potential customers, for instance " +"for a cold emailing or cold calling campaign, through a CSV file. You may be" +" wondering if the best option is to import your contacts as leads or " +"opportunities. It depends on your business specificities and workflow:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Some companies may decide to not use leads, but instead to keep all " +"information directly in an opportunity. For some companies, leads are merely" +" an extra step in the sales process. You could call this extended (start " +"from lead) versus simplified (start from opportunity) customer relationship " +"management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Odoo perfectly allows for either one of these approaches to be chosen. If " +"your company handles its sales from a pre qualification step, feel free to " +"activate first the lead stage as described below in order to import your " +"database as leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:23 +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:9 +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:38 +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:62 +msgid "Activate the lead stage" +msgstr "Activar el estado iniciativa" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. If you want to " +"import your contacts as leads rather than opportunities, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select the option **use leads " +"if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:33 +msgid "" +"This activation will create a new submenu :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads` " +"from which you will be able to import your contacts from the **Import** " +"button (if you want to create a lead manually, :doc:`click here `)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:41 +msgid "Import your CSV file" +msgstr "Importar archivo CSV" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:43 +msgid "" +"On the new submenu :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads`, click on **Import** and" +" select your Excel file to import from the **Choose File** button. Make sure" +" its extension is **.csv** and don't forget to set up the correct File " +"format options (**Encoding** and **Separator**) to match your local settings" +" and display your columns properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your prospects database is provided in another format than CSV, you can " +"easily convert it to the CSV format using Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice / " +"LibreOffice Calc, Google Docs, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:58 +msgid "Select rows to import" +msgstr "Seleccionar filas para importar" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically map the column headers from your CSV file to the " +"corresponding fields if you tick *The first row of the file contains the " +"label of the column* option. This makes imports easier especially when the " +"file has many columns. Of course, you can remap the column headers to " +"describe the property you are importing data into (First Name, Last Name, " +"Email, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:72 +msgid "" +"If you want to import your contacts as opportunities rather than leads, make" +" sure to add the *Type* column to your csv. This column is used to indicate " +"whether your import will be flagged as a Lead (type = Lead) or as an " +"opportunity (type = Opportunity)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Click the **Validate** button if you want to let Odoo verify that everything" +" seems okay before importing. Otherwise, you can directly click the Import " +"button: the same validations will be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:83 +msgid "" +"For additional technical information on how to import contacts into Odoo " +"CRM, read the **Frequently Asked Questions** section located below the " +"Import tool on the same window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:90 +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:71 +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:196 +msgid ":doc:`emails`" +msgstr ":doc:`emails`" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a contact into Odoo CRM?" +msgstr "¿Cómo crear un contacto en Odoo CRM?" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo CRM allows you to manually add contacts into your pipeline. It can be " +"either a lead or an opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:11 +msgid "" +"By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. To activate it, go " +"to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select the option \"\"use " +"leads if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This activation will create a new submenu **Leads** under **Sales** that " +"gives you access to a list of all your leads from which you will be able to " +"create a new contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:26 +msgid "Create a new lead" +msgstr "Crear una nueva iniciativa" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads` and click the **Create** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:33 +msgid "" +"From the contact form, provide all the details in your possession (contact " +"name, email, phone, address, etc.) as well as some additional information in" +" the **Internal notes** field. You can also link the lead to an existing " +"company by editing the**Customer** field. Click on save and the contact will" +" be visible as a lead in your pipeline ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:41 +msgid "" +"your lead can be directly handed over to specific sales team and salesperson" +" by clicking on **Convert to Opportunity** on the upper left corner of the " +"screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:45 +msgid "Create a new opportunity" +msgstr "Crear una nueva oportunidad" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also directly add a contact into a specific sales team without " +"having to convert the lead first. On the Sales module, go to your dashboard " +"and click on the **Pipeline** button of the desired sales team. If you don't" +" have any sales team yet, :doc:`you need to create one first " +"<../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`. Then, click on **Create** and fill in " +"the contact details as shown here above. By default, the newly created " +"opportunity will appear on the first stage of your sales pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Another way to create an opportunity is by adding it directly on a specific " +"stage. For example, if you have have spoken to Mr. Smith at a meeting and " +"you want to send him a quotation right away, you can add his contact details" +" on the fly directly into the **Proposition** stage. From the Kanban view of" +" your sales team, just click on the **+** icon at the right of your stage to" +" create the contact. The new opportunity will then pop up into the " +"corresponding stage and you can then fill in the contact details by clicking" +" on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:3 +msgid "How to generate leads from my website?" +msgstr "¿Cómo generar iniciativas desde mi sitio web?" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Your website should be your company's first lead generation tool. With your " +"website being the central hub of your online marketing campaigns, you will " +"naturally drive qualified traffic to feed your pipeline. When a prospect " +"lands on your website, your objective is to capture his information in order" +" to be able to stay in touch with him and to push him further down the sales" +" funnel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:12 +msgid "This is how a typical online lead generation process work :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Your website visitor clicks on a call-to action (CTA) from one of your " +"marketing materials (e.g. an email newsletter, a social media message or a " +"blog post)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The CTA leads your visitor to a landing page including a form used to " +"collect his personal information (e.g. his name, his email address, his " +"phone number)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The visitor submits the form and automatically generates a lead into Odoo " +"CRM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Your calls-to-action, landing pages and forms are the key pieces of the lead" +" generation process. With Odoo Website, you can easily create and optimize " +"those critical elements without having to code or to use third-party " +"applications. Learn more `here `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the Website and CRM modules are fully integrated, meaning that you " +"can easily generate leads from various ways through your website. However, " +"even if you are hosting your website on another CMS, it is still possible to" +" fill Odoo CRM with leads generated from your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:40 +msgid "" +"By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. Therefore, new " +"leads automatically become opportunities. You can easily activate the option" +" of adding the lead step. If you want to import your contacts as leads " +"rather than opportunities, from the Sales module go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select the option **use leads " +"if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Note that even without activating this step, the information that follows is" +" still applicable - the lead generated will land in the opportunities " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:55 +msgid "From an Odoo Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Let's assume that you want to get as much information as possible about your" +" website visitors. But how could you make sure that every person who wants " +"to know more about your company's products and services is actually leaving " +"his information somewhere? Thanks to Odoo's integration between its CRM and " +"Website modules, you can easily automate your lead acquisition process " +"thanks to the **contact form** and the **form builder** modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:67 +msgid "" +"another great way to generate leads from your Odoo Website is by collecting " +"your visitors email addresses thanks to the Newsletter or Newsletter Popup " +"CTAs. These snippets will create new contacts in your Email Marketing's " +"mailing list. Learn more `here `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Start by installing the Website builder module. From the main dashboard, " +"click on **Apps**, enter \"**Website**\" in the search bar and click on " +"**Install**. You will be automatically redirected to the web interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:84 +msgid "" +"A tutorial popup will appear on your screen if this is the first time you " +"use Odoo Website. It will help you get started with the tool and you'll be " +"able to use it in minutes. Therefore, we strongly recommend you to use it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:89 +msgid "Create a lead by using the Contact Form module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:91 +msgid "" +"You can effortlessly generate leads via a contact form on your **Contact " +"us** page. To do so, you first need to install the Contact Form module. It " +"will add a contact form in your **Contact us** page and automatically " +"generate a lead from forms submissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To install it, go back to the backend using the square icon on the upper-" +"left corner of your screen. Then, click on **Apps**, enter \"**Contact " +"Form**\" in the search bar (don't forget to remove the **Apps** tag " +"otherwise you will not see the module appearing) and click on **Install**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Once the module is installed, the below contact form will be integrated to " +"your \"Contact us\" page. This form is linked to Odoo CRM, meaning that all " +"data entered through the form will be captured by the CRM and will create a " +"new lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Every lead created through the contact form is accessible in the Sales " +"module, by clicking on :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads`. The name of the " +"lead corresponds to the \"Subject\" field on the contact form and all the " +"other information is stored in the corresponding fields within the CRM. As a" +" salesperson, you can add additional information, convert the lead into an " +"opportunity or even directly mark it as Won or Lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:123 +msgid "Create a lead using the Form builder module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:125 +msgid "" +"You can create fully-editable custom forms on any landing page on your " +"website with the Form Builder snippet. As for the Contact Form module, the " +"Form Builder will automatically generate a lead after the visitor has " +"completed the form and clicked on the button **Send**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:130 +msgid "" +"From the backend, go to Settings and install the \"**Website Form " +"Builder**\" module (don't forget to remove the **Apps** tag otherwise you " +"will not see the modules appearing). Then, back on the website, go to your " +"desired landing page and click on Edit to access the available snippets. The" +" Form Builder snippet lays under the **Feature** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:140 +msgid "" +"As soon as you have dropped the snippet where you want the form to appear on" +" your page, a **Form Parameters** window will pop up. From the **Action** " +"drop-down list, select **Create a lead** to automatically create a lead in " +"Odoo CRM. On the **Thank You** field, select the URL of the page you want to" +" redirect your visitor after the form being submitted (if you don't add any " +"URL, the message \"The form has been sent successfully\" will confirm the " +"submission)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:151 +msgid "" +"You can then start creating your custom form. To add new fields, click on " +"**Select container block** and then on the blue **Customize** button. 3 " +"options will appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:158 +msgid "" +"**Change Form Parameters**: allows you to go back to the Form Parameters and" +" change the configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:161 +msgid "" +"**Add a model field**: allows you to add a field already existing in Odoo " +"CRM from a drop-down list. For example, if you select the Field *Country*, " +"the value entered by the lead will appear under the *Country* field in the " +"CRM - even if you change the name of the field on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:167 +msgid "" +"**Add a custom field**: allows you to add extra fields that don't exist by " +"default in Odoo CRM. The values entered will be added under \"Notes\" within" +" the CRM. You can create any field type : checkbox, radio button, text, " +"decimal number, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:172 +msgid "Any submitted form will create a lead in the backend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:175 +msgid "From another CMS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:177 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo CRM but not Odoo Website, you can still automate your online" +" lead generation process using email gateways by editing the \"Submit\" " +"button of any form and replacing the hyperlink by a mailto corresponding to " +"your email alias (learn how to create your sales alias :doc:`here " +"`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:183 +msgid "" +"For example if the alias of your company is **salesEMEA@mycompany.com**, add" +" ``mailto:salesEMEA@mycompany.com`` into the regular hyperlink code (CTRL+K)" +" to generate a lead into the related sales team in Odoo CRM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage.rst:3 +msgid "Manage leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:3 +msgid "Automate lead assignation to specific sales teams or salespeople" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business workflow and needs, you may need to dispatch your" +" incoming leads to different sales team or even to specific salespeople. " +"Here are a few example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Your company has several offices based on different geographical regions. " +"You will want to assign leads based on the region;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:12 +msgid "" +"One of your sales teams is dedicated to treat opportunities from large " +"companies while another one is specialized for SMEs. You will want to assign" +" leads based on the company size;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:16 +msgid "" +"One of your sales representatives is the only one to speak foreign languages" +" while the rest of the team speaks English only. Therefore you will want to " +"assign to that person all the leads from non-native English-speaking " +"countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:21 +msgid "" +"As you can imagine, manually assigning new leads to specific individuals can" +" be tedious and time consuming - especially if your company generates a high" +" volume of leads every day. Fortunately, Odoo CRM allows you to automate the" +" process of lead assignation based on specific criteria such as location, " +"interests, company size, etc. With specific workflows and precise rules, you" +" will be able to distribute all your opportunities automatically to the " +"right sales teams and/or salesman." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you have just started with Odoo CRM and haven't set up your sales team " +"nor registered your salespeople, :doc:`read this documentation first " +"<../../overview/started/setup>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:36 +msgid "Define rules for a sales team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"From the sales module, go to your dashboard and click on the **More** button" +" of the desired sales team, then on **Settings**. If you don't have any " +"sales team yet, :doc:`you need to create one first " +"<../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"On your sales team menu, use in the **Domain** field a specific domain rule " +"(for technical details on the domain refer on the `Building a Module " +"tutorial " +"`__ or " +"`Syntax reference guide " +"`__) which will allow only the leads matching the team domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:52 +msgid "" +"For example, if you want your *Direct Sales* team to only receive leads " +"coming from United States and Canada, your domain will be as following :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:55 +msgid "``[[country_id, 'in', ['United States', 'Canada']]]``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:62 +msgid "" +"you can also base your automatic assignment on the score attributed to your " +"leads. For example, we can imagine that you want all the leads with a score " +"under 100 to be assigned to a sales team trained for lighter projects and " +"the leads over 100 to a more experienced sales team. Read more on :doc:`how " +"to score leads here `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:68 +msgid "Define rules for a salesperson" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can go one step further in your assignment rules and decide to assign " +"leads within a sales team to a specific salesperson. For example, if I want " +"Toni Buchanan from the *Direct Sales* team to receive only leads coming from" +" Canada, I can create a rule that will automatically assign him leads from " +"that country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Still from the sales team menu (see here above), click on the salesperson of" +" your choice under the assignment submenu. Then, enter your rule in the " +"*Domain* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:85 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a lead is always assigned to a sales team before to be assigned to " +"a salesperson. Therefore, you need to make sure that the assignment rule of " +"your salesperson is a child of the assignment rule of the sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:91 +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/started/setup`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/started/setup`" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:3 +msgid "How to do efficient Lead Scoring?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's Lead Scoring module allows you to give a score to your leads based on" +" specific criteria - the higher the value, the more likely the prospect is " +"“ready for sales”. Therefore, the best leads are automatically assigned to " +"your salespeople so their pipe are not polluted with poor-quality " +"opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Lead scoring is a critical component of an effective lead management " +"strategy. By helping your sales representative determine which leads to " +"engage with in order of priority, you will increase their overall conversion" +" rate and your sales team's efficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:22 +msgid "Install the Lead Scoring module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:24 +msgid "Start by installing the **Lead Scoring** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once the module is installed, you should see a new menu " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Leads Management --> Scoring Rules`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:33 +msgid "Create scoring rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Leads scoring allows you to assign a positive or negative score to your " +"prospects based on any demographic or behavioral criteria that you have set " +"(country or origin, pages visited, type of industry, role, etc.). To do so " +"you'll first need to create rules that will assign a score to a given " +"criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In order to assign the right score to your various rules, you can use these " +"two methods:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Establish a list of assets that your ideal customer might possess to " +"interest your company. For example, if you run a local business in " +"California, a prospect coming from San Francisco should have a higher score " +"than a prospect coming from New York." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Dig into your data to uncover characteristics shared by your closed " +"opportunities and most important clients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Please note that this is not an exact science, so you'll need time and " +"feedback from your sales teams to adapt and fine tune your rules until " +"getting the desired result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In the **Scoring Rules** menu, click on **Create** to write your first rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:61 +msgid "" +"First name your rule, then enter a value and a domain (refer on the " +"`official python documentation `__ for " +"more information). For example, if you want to assign 8 points to all the " +"leads coming from **Belgium**, you'll need to give ``8`` as a **value** and " +"``[['country\\_id',=,'Belgium']]`` as a domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:68 +msgid "Here are some criteria you can use to build a scoring rule :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:70 +msgid "country of origin : ``'country_id'``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:72 +msgid "stage in the sales cycle : ``'stage_id'``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:74 +msgid "" +"email address (e.g. if you want to score the professional email addresses) :" +" ``'email_from'``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:76 +msgid "page visited : ``'score_pageview_ids.url'``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:78 +msgid "name of a marketing campaign : ``'campaign_id'``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:80 +msgid "" +"After having activated your rules, Odoo will give a value to all your new " +"incoming leads. This value can be found directly on your lead's form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:88 +msgid "Assign high scoring leads to your sales teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The next step is now to automatically convert your best leads into " +"opportunities. In order to do so, you need to decide what is the minimum " +"score a lead should have to be handed over to a given sales team. Go to your" +" **sales dashboard** and click on the **More** button of your desired sales " +"team, then on **Settings**. Enter your value under the **Minimum score** " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:100 +msgid "" +"From the example above, the **Direct Sales** team will only receive " +"opportunities with a minimum score of ``50``. The prospects with a lower " +"score can either stay in the lead stage or be assigned to another sales team" +" which has set up a different minimum score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Organize a meeting between your **Marketing** and **Sales** teams in order " +"to align your objectives and agree on what minimum score makes a sales-ready" +" lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:110 +msgid ":doc:`automatic_assignation`" +msgstr ":doc:`automatic_assignation`" + +#: ../../crm/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Información general" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Main Concepts" +msgstr "Conceptos Principales" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo CRM Terminologies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:10 +msgid "**CRM (Customer relationship management)**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6 +msgid "" +"System for managing a company's interactions with current and future " +"customers. It often involves using technology to organize, automate, and " +"synchronize sales, marketing, customer service, and technical support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:14 +msgid "**Sales cycle** :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Sequence of phases used by a company to convert a prospect into a customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:20 +msgid "**Pipeline :**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Visual representation of your sales process, from the first contact to the " +"final sale. It refers to the process by which you generate, qualify and " +"close leads through your sales cycle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:24 +msgid "**Sales stage** :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In Odoo CRM, a stage defines where an opportunity is in your sales cycle and" +" its probability to close a sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:29 +msgid "**Lead :**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Someone who becomes aware of your company or someone who you decide to " +"pursue for a sale, even if they don't know about your company yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:34 +msgid "**Opportunity :**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:32 +msgid "" +"A lead that has shown an interest in knowing more about your " +"products/services and therefore has been handed over to a sales " +"representative" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:39 +msgid "**Customer :**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In Odoo CRM, a customer refers to any contact within your database, whether " +"it is a lead, an opportunity, a client or a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:45 +msgid "**Key Performance Indicator (KPI)** :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:42 +msgid "" +"A KPI is a measurable value that demonstrates how effectively a company is " +"achieving key business objectives. Organizations use KPIs to evaluate their " +"success at reaching targets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:51 +msgid "**Lead scoring** :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:48 +msgid "" +"System assigning a positive or negative score to prospects according to " +"their web activity and personal informations in order to determine whether " +"they are \"ready for sales\" or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:62 +msgid "**Kanban view :**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the Kanban view is a workflow visualisation tool halfway between a " +"`list view `__ and a non-editable `form view " +"`__ and displaying records as \"cards\". Records may be grouped " +"in columns for use in workflow visualisation or manipulation (e.g. tasks or " +"work-progress management), or ungrouped (used simply to visualize records)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:66 +msgid "**List view :**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:65 +msgid "" +"View allowing you to see your objects (contacts, companies, tasks, etc.) " +"listed in a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:71 +msgid "**Lead generation:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Process by which a company collects relevant datas about potential customers" +" in order to enable a relationship and to push them further down the sales " +"cycle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:76 +msgid "**Campaign:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Coordinated set of actions sent via various channels to a target audience " +"and whose goal is to generate leads. In Odoo CRM, you can link a lead to the" +" campaign which he comes from in order to measure its efficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process.rst:3 +msgid "Process Overview" +msgstr "Información general del Proceso" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Generating leads with Odoo CRM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:6 +msgid "What is lead generation?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Lead generation is the process by which a company acquires leads and " +"collects relevant datas about potential customers in order to enable a " +"relationship and to turn them into customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For example, a website visitor who fills in your contact form to know more " +"about your products and services becomes a lead for your company. Typically," +" a Customer Relationship Management tool such as Odoo CRM is used to " +"centralize, track and manage leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:18 +msgid "Why is lead generation important for my business?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Generating a constant flow of high-quality leads is one of the most " +"important responsibility of a marketing team. Actually, a well-managed lead " +"generation process is like the fuel that will allow your company to deliver " +"great performances - leads bring meetings, meetings bring sales, sales bring" +" revenue and more work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:27 +msgid "How to generate leads with Odoo CRM?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Leads can be captured through many sources - marketing campaigns, " +"exhibitions and trade shows, external databases, etc. The most common " +"challenge is to successfully gather all the data and to track any lead " +"activity. Storing leads information in a central place such as Odoo CRM will" +" release you of these worries and will help you to better automate your lead" +" generation process, share information with your teams and analyze your " +"sales processes easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:37 +msgid "Odoo CRM provides you with several methods to generate leads:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/emails`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:41 +msgid "" +"An inquiry email sent to one of your company's generic email addresses can " +"automatically generate a lead or an opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/manual`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You may want to follow up with a prospective customer met briefly at an " +"exhibition who gave you his business card. You can manually create a new " +"lead and enter all the needed information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/website`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../leads/generate/website`" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:52 +msgid "" +"A website visitor who fills in a form automatically generates a lead or an " +"opportunity in Odoo CRM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:55 +msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/import`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../leads/generate/import`" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You can provide your salespeople lists of prospects - for example for a cold" +" emailing or a cold calling campaign - by importing them from any CSV file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup your teams, sales process and objectives?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This quick step-by-step guide will lead you through Odoo CRM and help you " +"handle your sales funnel easily and constantly manage your sales funnel from" +" lead to customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Create your database from `www.odoo.com/start " +"`__, select the CRM icon as first app to install," +" fill in the form and click on *Create now*. You will automatically be " +"directed to the module when the database is ready." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You will notice that the installation of the CRM module has created the " +"submodules Chat, Calendar and Contacts. They are mandatory so that every " +"feature of the app is running smoothly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Introduction to the Sales Planner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The Sales Planner is a useful step-by-step guide created to help you " +"implement your sales funnel and define your sales objectives easier. We " +"strongly recommend you to go through every step of the tool the first time " +"you use Odoo CRM and to follow the requirements. Your input are strictly " +"personal and intended as a personal guide and mentor into your work. As it " +"does not interact with the backend, you are free to adapt any detail " +"whenever you feel it is needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can reach the Sales Planner from anywhere within the CRM module by " +"clicking on the progress bar located on the upper-right side of your screen." +" It will show you how far you are in the use of the Sales Planner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:46 +msgid "Set up your first sales team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:49 +msgid "Create a new team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"A Direct Sales team is created by default on your instance. You can either " +"use it or create a new one. Refer to the page " +":doc:`../../salesteam/setup/create_team` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:56 +msgid "Assign salespeople to your sales team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When your sales teams are created, the next step is to link your salespeople" +" to their team so they will be able to work on the opportunities they are " +"supposed to receive. For example, if within your company Tim is selling " +"products and John is selling maintenance contracts, they will be assigned to" +" different teams and will only receive opportunities that make sense to " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:65 +msgid "" +"In Odoo CRM, you can create a new user on the fly and assign it directly to " +"a sales team. From the **Dashboard**, click on the button **More** of your " +"selected sales team, then on **Settings**. Then, under the **Assignation** " +"section, click on **Create** to add a new salesperson to the team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"From the **Create: salesman** pop up window (see screenshot below), you can " +"assign someone on your team:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Either your salesperson already exists in the system and you will just need " +"to click on it from the drop-down list and it will be assigned to the team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Or you want to assign a new salesperson that doesn't exist into the system " +"yet - you can do it by creating a new user on the fly from the sales team. " +"Just enter the name of your new salesperson and click on Create (see below) " +"to create a new user into the system and directly assign it to your team. " +"The new user will receive an invite email to set his password and log into " +"the system. Refer to :doc:`../../salesteam/manage/create_salesperson` for " +"more information about that process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Set up your pipeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Now that your sales team is created and your salespeople are linked to it, " +"you will need to set up your pipeline -create the process by which your team" +" will generate, qualify and close opportunities through your sales cycle. " +"Refer to the document :doc:`../../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline` to " +"define the stages of your pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:99 +msgid "Set up incoming email to generate opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:101 +msgid "" +"In Odoo CRM, one way to generate opportunities into your sales team is to " +"create a generic email address as a trigger. For example, if the personal " +"email address of your Direct team is `direct@mycompany.example.com " +"`__\\, every email sent will " +"automatically create a new opportunity into the sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:108 +msgid "Refer to the page :doc:`../../leads/generate/emails` to set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:111 +msgid "Automate lead assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If your company generates a high volume of leads every day, it could be " +"useful to automate the assignation so the system will distribute all your " +"opportunities automatically to the right department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Refer to the document :doc:`../../leads/manage/automatic_assignation` for " +"more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:3 +msgid "" +"How to analyze the sales performance of your team and get customize reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As a manager, you need to constantly monitor your team's performance in " +"order to help you take accurate and relevant decisions for the company. " +"Therefore, the **Reporting** section of **Odoo Sales** represents a very " +"important tool that helps you get a better understanding of where your " +"company's strengths, weaknesses and opportunities are, showing you trends " +"and forecasts for key metrics such as the number of opportunities and their " +"expected revenue over time , the close rate by team or the length of sales " +"cycle for a given product or service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Beyond these obvious tracking sales funnel metrics, there are some other " +"KPIs that can be very valuable to your company when it comes to judging " +"sales funnel success." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:19 +msgid "Review pipelines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will have access to your sales funnel performance from the **Sales** " +"module, by clicking on :menuselection:`Sales --> Reports --> Pipeline " +"analysis`. By default, the report groups all your opportunities by stage " +"(learn more on how to create and customize stage by reading " +":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`) and expected revenues for the " +"current month. This report is perfect for the **Sales Manager** to " +"periodically review the sales pipeline with the relevant sales teams. Simply" +" by accessing this basic report, you can get a quick overview of your actual" +" sales performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You can add a lot of extra data to your report by clicking on the " +"**measures** icon, such as :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:33 +msgid "Expected revenue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:35 +msgid "overpassed deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Delay to assign (the average time between lead creation and lead " +"assignment)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:40 +msgid "Delay to close (average time between lead assignment and close)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:42 +msgid "the number of interactions per opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:44 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "etc." + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:50 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " +"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " +"example, if I want to see the expected revenues of my **Direct Sales** team," +" I need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis then on **Sales " +"Team**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " +"reports in a more visual view. Odoo **CRM** allows you to transform your " +"report in just a click thanks to 3 graph views : **Pie Chart**, **Bar " +"Chart** and **Line Chart**. These views are accessible through the icons " +"highlighted on the screenshot below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:65 +msgid "Customize reports" +msgstr "Personalizar reportes" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:67 +msgid "" +"You can easily customize your analysis reports depending on the **KPIs** " +"(see :doc:`../overview/main_concepts/terminologies`) you want to access. To " +"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " +"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " +"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " +"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " +"some categories of opportunities, while the **Group by** option improves the" +" readability of your reports according to your needs. Note that you can " +"filter and group by any existing field from your CRM, making your " +"customization very flexible and powerful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " +"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " +"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Here are a few examples of customized reports that you can use to monitor " +"your sales' performances :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:91 +msgid "Evaluate the current pipeline of each of your salespeople" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:93 +msgid "" +"From your pipeline analysis report, make sure first that the **Expected " +"revenue** option is selected under the **Measures** drop-down list. Then, " +"use the **+** and **-** icons and add **Salesperson** and **Stage** to your " +"vertical axis, and filter your desired salesperson. Then click on the " +"**graph view** icon to display a visual representation of your salespeople " +"by stage. This custom report allows you to easily overview the sales " +"activities of your salespeople." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:105 +msgid "Forecast monthly revenue by sales team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In order to predict monthly revenue and to estimate the short-term " +"performances of your teams, you need to play with two important metrics : " +"the **expected revenue** and the **expected closing**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:111 +msgid "" +"From your pipeline analysis report, make sure first that the **Expected " +"revenue** option is selected under the **Measures** drop-down list. Then " +"click on the **+** icon from the vertical axis and select **Sales team**. " +"Then, on the horizontal axis, click on the **+** icon and select **Expected " +"closing.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:121 +msgid "" +"In order to keep your forecasts accurate and relevant, make sure your " +"salespeople correctly set up the expected closing and the expected revenue " +"for each one of their opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:126 +msgid ":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`" +msgstr ":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:3 +msgid "How to review my personal sales activities (new sales dashboard)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam.rst:3 ../../crm/salesteam/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Sales Team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage.rst:3 +msgid "Manage salespeople" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a new salesperson?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:6 +msgid "Create a new user" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:8 +msgid "" +"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" +" and click on **Create**. Add first the name of your new salesperson and his" +" professional email address - the one he will use to log in to his Odoo " +"instance - and a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under \"Access Rights\", you can choose which applications your user can " +"access and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the " +"app. For the Sales application, you can choose between three levels:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:20 +msgid "**See own leads**: the user will be able to access his own data only" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**See all leads**: the user will be able to access all records of every " +"salesman in the sales module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:25 +msgid "" +"**Manager**: the user will be able to access the sales configuration as well" +" as the statistics reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:28 +msgid "" +"When you're done editing the page and have clicked on **Save**, an " +"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user, from which he will " +"be able to log into his personal account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:36 +msgid "Register your user into his sales team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Your user is now registered in Odoo and can log in to his own session. You " +"can also add him to the sales team of your choice. From the sales module, go" +" to your dashboard and click on the **More** button of the desired sales " +"team, then on **Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you need to create a new sales team first, refer to the page " +":doc:`../setup/create_team`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Then, under \"Team Members\", click on **Add** and select the name of your " +"salesman from the list. The salesperson is now successfully added to your " +"sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can also add a new salesperson on the fly from your sales team even " +"before he is registered as an Odoo user. From the above screenshot, click on" +" \"Create\" to add your salesperson and enter his name and email address. " +"After saving, the salesperson will receive an invite containing a link to " +"set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights under " +"the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/create_team`" +msgstr ":doc:`../setup/create_team`" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a new team?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In the Sales module, your sales teams are accessible from the **Dashboard** " +"menu. If you start from a new instance, you will find a sales team installed" +" by default : Direct sales. You can either start using that default sales " +"team and edit it (refer to the section *Create and Organize your stages* " +"from the page :doc:`organize_pipeline`) or create a new one from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To create a new team, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Teams` " +"and click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:18 +msgid "Fill in the fields :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:20 +msgid "Enter the name of your team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:22 +msgid "Select your team leader" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:24 +msgid "Select your team members" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to tick the \"Opportunities\" box if you want to manage " +"opportunities from it and to click on SAVE when you're done. Your can now " +"access your new team from your Dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you started to work on an empty database and didn't create new users, " +"refer to the page :doc:`../manage/create_salesperson`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:3 +msgid "Set up and organize your sales pipeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A well structured sales pipeline is crucial in order to keep control of your" +" sales process and to have a 360-degrees view of your leads, opportunities " +"and customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The sales pipeline is a visual representation of your sales process, from " +"the first contact to the final sale. It refers to the process by which you " +"generate, qualify and close leads through your sales cycle. In Odoo CRM, " +"leads are brought in at the left end of the sales pipeline in the Kanban " +"view and then moved along to the right from one stage to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Each stage refers to a specific step in the sale cycle and specifically the " +"sale-readiness of your potential customer. The number of stages in the sales" +" funnel varies from one company to another. An example of a sales funnel " +"will contain the following stages: *Territory, Qualified, Qualified Sponsor," +" Proposition, Negotiation, Won, Lost*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Of course, each organization defines the sales funnel depending on their " +"processes and workflow, so more or fewer stages may exist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:30 +msgid "Create and organize your stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:33 +msgid "Add/ rearrange stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From the sales module, go to your dashboard and click on the **PIPELINE** " +"button of the desired sales team. If you don't have any sales team yet, you " +"need to create one first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:46 +msgid "" +"From the Kanban view of your pipeline, you can add stages by clicking on " +"**Add new column.** When a column is created, Odoo will then automatically " +"propose you to add another column in order to complete your process. If you " +"want to rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging" +" and dropping the column you want to move to the desired location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can add as many stages as you wish, even if we advise you not having " +"more than 6 in order to keep a clear pipeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Some companies use a pre qualification step to manage their leads before to " +"convert them into opportunities. To activate the lead stage, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and select the radio button as " +"shown below. It will create a new submenu **Leads** under **Sales** that " +"gives you access to a listview of all your leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:74 +msgid "Set up stage probabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:77 +msgid "What is a stage probability?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To better understand what are the chances of closing a deal for a given " +"opportunity in your pipe, you have to set up a probability percentage for " +"each of your stages. That percentage refers to the success rate of closing " +"the deal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Setting up stage probabilities is essential if you want to estimate the " +"expected revenues of your sales cycle" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:88 +msgid "" +"For example, if your sales cycle contains the stages *Territory, Qualified, " +"Qualified Sponsor, Proposition, Negotiation, Won and Lost,* then your " +"workflow could look like this :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Territory** : opportunity just received from Leads Management or created " +"from a cold call campaign. Customer's Interest is not yet confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:96 +msgid "*Success rate : 5%*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:98 +msgid "" +"**Qualified** : prospect's business and workflow are understood, pains are " +"identified and confirmed, budget and timing are known" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:101 +msgid "*Success rate : 15%*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:103 +msgid "" +"**Qualified sponsor**: direct contact with decision maker has been done" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:106 +msgid "*Success rate : 25%*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:108 +msgid "**Proposition** : the prospect received a quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:110 +msgid "*Success rate : 50%*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:112 +msgid "**Negotiation**: the prospect negotiates his quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:114 +msgid "*Success rate : 75%*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:116 +msgid "" +"**Won** : the prospect confirmed his quotation and received a sales order. " +"He his now a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:119 +msgid "*Success rate : 100%*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:121 +msgid "**Lost** : the prospect is no longer interested" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:123 +msgid "*Success rate : 0%*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Within your pipeline, each stage should correspond to a defined goal with a " +"corresponding probability. Every time you move your opportunity to the next " +"stage, your probability of closing the sale will automatically adapt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:131 +msgid "" +"You should consider using probability value as **100** when the deal is " +"closed-won and **0** for deal closed-lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:135 +msgid "How to set up stage probabilities?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To edit a stage, click on the **Settings** icon at the right of the desired " +"stage then on EDIT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Select the Change probability automatically checkbox to let Odoo adapt the " +"probability of the opportunity to the probability defined in the stage. For " +"example, if you set a probability of 0% (Lost) or 100% (Won), Odoo will " +"assign the corresponding stage when the opportunity is marked as Lost or " +"Won." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Under the requirements field you can enter the internal requirements for " +"this stage. It will appear as a tooltip when you place your mouse over the " +"name of a stage." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ad5866a2e --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# +# Translators: +# Rojas Pablo , 2015 +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-03 11:43+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-06 13:24+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Rojas Pablo \n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/es/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: es\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../index.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo User Documentation" +msgstr "Documentación de Usuario Odoo" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f7df013a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -0,0 +1,880 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# +# Translators: +# Rojas Pablo , 2015 +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-05 15:48+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-07 22:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Rojas Pablo \n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/es/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: es\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 +msgid "Point of Sale" +msgstr "Punto de venta" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Información general" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:3 +msgid "POSBox" +msgstr "Caja PdV" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:6 +msgid "POSBox Setup Guide" +msgstr "Guía de configuración Caja PdV" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:11 +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:210 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "Pre-requisitos" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Before you start setting up your POSBox make sure you have everything. You " +"will need :" +msgstr "Antes de comenzar a configurar su Caja PdV asegúrese de tener todo. Necesitará :" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:16 +msgid "The POSBox" +msgstr "La Caja PdV" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:17 +msgid "A 2A Power adapter" +msgstr "Un adaptador de energía 2A" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:18 +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" +msgstr "Una computadora o tableta con un navegador web actualizado a la fecha" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:19 +msgid "A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale installed" +msgstr "Una instancia SaaS u Odoo con el Punto de Venta instalado" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:20 +msgid "A local network set up with DHCP (this is the default setting)" +msgstr "Una red local configurada con DHCP (esta es la configuración predeterminada)" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:21 +msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable or a Linux compatible USB Wi-Fi adapter" +msgstr "Un Cable Ethernet RJ45 o un adaptador USB Wi-Fi compatible con Linux" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:22 +msgid "" +"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another compatible printer (officially " +"supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " +"`_)" +msgstr "Una impresora Epson USB TM-T20 u otra impresora compatible (las impresoras con soporte oficial están listadas en la `POS Hardware page `_)" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:25 +msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" +msgstr "Un Escáner de código de barras USB Honeywell Eclipse u otro escáner compatible" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:26 +msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" +msgstr "Un cajón de dinero Epson compatible" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:29 +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:218 +msgid "Step By Step Setup Guide" +msgstr "Guía de configuración Paso a Paso" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:32 +msgid "Current version of the POSBox (since 2015)" +msgstr "Última versión de la Caja PdV (desde 2015)" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:36 +msgid "Old version of the POSBox (before 2015)" +msgstr "Versión antigua de la Caja PdV (antes de 2015)" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:40 +msgid "Connect peripheral devices" +msgstr "Conectar dispositivos perisféricos" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " +"`_, but other hardware " +"might work as well." +msgstr "El hardware con soporte oficial está listado en `the POS Hardware page `_, pero otro hardware debería funcionar bien." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:46 +msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." +msgstr "**Impresora**: Conectar una impresora ESC/POS a un puerto USB y encenderla." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:49 +msgid "" +"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " +"RJ25 cable." +msgstr "**Cajón de dinero**: El cajón de dinero debe conectarse a la impresora con un cable RJ25." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:52 +msgid "" +"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" +" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " +"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " +"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " +"your barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:58 +msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " +"Make sure this will connect the POSBox to the same network as your POS " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Wi-Fi**: If you do not wish to use Ethernet, plug in a Linux compatible " +"USB Wi-Fi adapter. Most commercially available Wi-Fi adapters are Linux " +"compatible. Officially supported are Wi-Fi adapters with a Ralink 5370 " +"chipset. Make sure not to plug in an Ethernet cable, because all Wi-Fi " +"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:72 +msgid "Power the POSBox" +msgstr "Encender la Caja PdV" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Plug the power adapter into the POSBox, a bright red status led should light" +" up." +msgstr "Enchufe el adaptador de corriente en la Caja PdV, un estado de LED color rojo brillante debe encenderse." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:78 +msgid "Make sure the POSBox is ready" +msgstr "Asegúrese que la Caja PdV está lista." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Once powered, The POSBox needs a while to boot. Once the POSBox is ready, it" +" should print a status receipt with its IP address. Also the status LED, " +"just next to the red power LED, should be permanently lit green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:86 +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:297 +msgid "Setup the Point of Sale" +msgstr "Configurar el Punto de Venta" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To setup the POSBox in the Point of Sale go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` and select your Point of Sale. Scroll down " +"to the ``Hardware Proxy / POSBox`` section and activate the options for the " +"hardware you want to use through the POSBox. Specifying the IP of the POSBox" +" is recommended (it is printed on the receipt that gets printed after " +"booting up the POSBox). When the IP is not specified the Point of Sale will " +"attempt to find it on the local network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you are running multiple Point of Sales on the same POSBox, make sure " +"that only one of them has Remote Scanning/Barcode Scanner activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:100 +msgid "" +"It might be a good idea to make sure the POSBox IP never changes in your " +"network. Refer to your router documentation on how to achieve this." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:105 +msgid "Launch the Point of Sale" +msgstr "Inicia el Punto de Venta" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If you didn't specify the POSBox's IP address in the configuration, the POS " +"will need some time to perform a network scan to find the POSBox. This is " +"only done once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The Point of Sale is now connected to the POSBox and your hardware should be" +" ready to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:115 +msgid "Wi-Fi configuration" +msgstr "Configuración Wi-Fi" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The POSBox is Wi-Fi-capable. In order to use it you'll need a Linux " +"compatible USB Wi-Fi adapter. Most commercially available Wi-Fi adapters are" +" Linux compatible. Officially supported are Wi-Fi adapters with a Ralink " +"5370 chipset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Make sure not to plug in an Ethernet cable, as all Wi-Fi related " +"functionality will be disabled when a wired network connection is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:126 +msgid "" +"When the POSBox boots with a Wi-Fi adapter it will start its own Wi-Fi " +"Access Point called \"Posbox\" you can connect to. The receipt that gets " +"printed when the POSBox starts will reflect this. In order to make the " +"POSBox connect to an already existing Wi-Fi network, go to the homepage of " +"the POSBox (indicated on the receipt) and go to the Wi-Fi configuration " +"page. On there you can choose a network to connect to. Note that we only " +"support open and WPA(2)-PSK networks. When connecting to a WPA-secured " +"network, fill in the password field. The POSBox will attempt to connect to " +"the specified network and will print a new POSBox status receipt after it " +"has connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:137 +msgid "" +"If you plan on permanently setting up the POSBox with Wi-Fi, you can use the" +" \"persistent\" checkbox on the Wi-Fi configuration page when connecting to " +"a network. This will make the network choice persist across reboots. This " +"means that instead of starting up its own \"Posbox\" network it will always " +"attempt to connect to the specified network after it boots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:144 +msgid "" +"When the POSBox fails to connect to a network it will fall back to starting " +"it's own \"Posbox\" Access Point. If connection is lost with a Wi-Fi network" +" after connecting to it, the POSBox will attempt to re-establish connection " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:150 +msgid "Multi-POS Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración Multi-PdV" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The advised way to setup a multi Point of Sale shop is to have one POSBox " +"per Point of Sale. In this case it is mandatory to manually specify the IP " +"address of each POSBox in each Point of Sale. You must also configure your " +"network to make sure the POSBox's IP addresses don't change. Please refer to" +" your router documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:159 +msgid "POSBoxless Guide (advanced)" +msgstr "Guía de Caja chica PdV (avanzado)" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:163 +msgid "" +"If you are running your Point of Sale on a Debian-based Linux distribution, " +"you do not need the POSBox as you can run its software locally. However the " +"installation process is not foolproof. You'll need at least to know how to " +"install and run Odoo. You may also run into issues specific to your " +"distribution or to your particular setup and hardware configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Drivers for the various types of supported hardware are provided as Odoo " +"modules. In fact, the POSBox runs an instance of Odoo that the Point of Sale" +" communicates with. The instance of Odoo running on the POSBox is very " +"different from a 'real' Odoo instance however. It does not handle *any* " +"business data (eg. POS orders), but only serves as a gateway between the " +"Point of Sale and the hardware." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The goal of this section will be to setup a local Odoo instance that behaves" +" like the Odoo instance running on the POSBox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:181 +msgid "Image building process" +msgstr "Proceso de creación de imagen" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:183 +msgid "" +"We generate the official POSBox images using the scripts in " +"https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/8.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox. " +"More specifically, we run `posbox_create_image.sh " +"`_." +" This builds an image called ``posbox.img``, which we zip and upload to " +"`nightly.odoo.com `_ for users to download." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The scripts in this directory might be useful as a reference if you get " +"stuck or want more detail about something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:195 +msgid "Summary of the image creation process" +msgstr "Resumen del proceso de creación de la imagen" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:197 +msgid "" +"The image creation process starts by downloading the latest `Raspbian " +"`_ image. It then locally mounts this Raspbian " +"image and copies over some files and scripts that will make the Raspbian " +"image turn itself into a POSBox when it boots. These scripts will update " +"Raspbian, remove non-essential packages and install required packages. In " +"order to boot Raspbian we use qemu, which is capable of providing ARM " +"emulation. After this, the emulated Raspbian OS will shut itself down. We " +"then once again locally mount the image, remove the scripts that were used " +"to initialize the image at boot and we copy over some extra configuration " +"files. The resulting image is then ready to be tested and used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:212 +msgid "A Debian-based Linux distribution (Debian, Ubuntu, Mint, etc.)" +msgstr "Una distribución Linux basada en Debian (Debian, Ubuntu, Mint, etc.)" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:213 +msgid "A running Odoo instance you connect to to load the Point of Sale" +msgstr "Una instancia Odoo corriendo conectada con el Punto de Venta cargado" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:214 +msgid "" +"You must uninstall any ESC/POS printer driver as it will conflict with " +"Odoo's built-in driver" +msgstr "Debe desinstalar cualquier controlador de impresora ESC/POS, ya que entrará en conflicto con controlador integrado de Odoo" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:221 +msgid "Extra dependencies" +msgstr "Dependencias extra" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Because Odoo runs on Python 2, you need to check which version of pip you " +"need to use." +msgstr "Porque Odoo corre en Python 2, usted necesita revisar qué versión de PIP es necesario utilizar." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:226 +msgid "``# pip --version``" +msgstr "``# pip --version``" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:228 +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:234 +msgid "If it returns something like::" +msgstr "Si esto devuelve algo como esto:" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:232 +msgid "You need to try pip2 instead." +msgstr "Necesita probar pip2 en su lugar." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:238 +msgid "You can use pip." +msgstr "Puede utilizar pip." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:240 +msgid "The driver modules requires the installation of new python modules:" +msgstr "Los módulos de los controladores requieren la instalación de nuevos módulos de Python:" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:242 +msgid "``# pip install pyserial``" +msgstr "``# pip install pyserial``" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:244 +msgid "``# pip install pyusb==1.0.0b1``" +msgstr "``# pip install pyusb==1.0.0b1``" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:246 +msgid "``# pip install qrcode``" +msgstr "``# pip install qrcode``" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:249 +msgid "Access Rights" +msgstr "Permisos de accesos" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The drivers need raw access to the printer and barcode scanner devices. " +"Doing so requires a bit system administration. First we are going to create " +"a group that has access to USB devices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:255 +msgid "``# groupadd usbusers``" +msgstr "``# groupadd usbusers``" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:257 +msgid "Then we add the user who will run the OpenERP server to ``usbusers``" +msgstr "Luego añadimos el usuario que va a ejecutar el servidor OpenERP a ``usbusers``" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:259 +msgid "``# useradd -G usbusers USERNAME``" +msgstr "``# useradd -G usbusers USERNAME``" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:261 +msgid "" +"Then we need to create a udev rule that will automatically allow members of " +"``usbusers`` to access raw USB devices. To do so create a file called " +"``99-usbusers.rule`` in the ``/etc/udev/rules.d/`` directory with the " +"following content::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:269 +msgid "Then you need to reboot your machine." +msgstr "Luego debe reiniciar su máquina." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:272 +msgid "Start the local Odoo instance" +msgstr "Comenzar la instancia local de Odoo" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:274 +msgid "We must launch the Odoo server with the correct settings" +msgstr "Debe iniciar el servidor Odoo con las configuraciones correctas" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:276 +msgid "" +"``$ ./odoo.py " +"--load=web,hw_proxy,hw_posbox_homepage,hw_posbox_upgrade,hw_scale, " +"hw_scanner,hw_escpos``" +msgstr "``$ ./odoo.py --load=web,hw_proxy,hw_posbox_homepage,hw_posbox_upgrade,hw_scale, hw_scanner,hw_escpos``" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:279 +msgid "Test the instance" +msgstr "Probar la instancia" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Plug all your hardware to your machine's USB ports, and go to " +"``http://localhost:8069/hw_proxy/status`` refresh the page a few times and " +"see if all your devices are indicated as *Connected*. Possible source of " +"errors are: The paths on the distribution differ from the paths expected by " +"the drivers, another process has grabbed exclusive access to the devices, " +"the udev rules do not apply or a superseded by others." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:289 +msgid "Automatically start Odoo" +msgstr "Iniciar automáticamente Odoo" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:291 +msgid "" +"You must now make sure that this Odoo install is automatically started after" +" boot. There are various ways to do so, and how to do it depends on your " +"particular setup. Using the init system provided by your distribution is " +"probably the easiest way to accomplish this." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:299 +msgid "" +"The IP address field in the POS configuration must be either ``127.0.0.1`` " +"or ``localhost`` if you're running the created Odoo server on the machine " +"that you'll use as the Point of Sale device. You can also leave it empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:305 +msgid "POSBox Technical Documentation" +msgstr "Documentación Técnica de la Caja PdV" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:308 +msgid "Technical Overview" +msgstr "Información técnica general" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:311 +msgid "The POSBox Hardware" +msgstr "El hardware de la Caja PdV" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:313 +msgid "" +"The POSBox's Hardware is based on a `Raspberry Pi 2 " +"`_, a popular " +"single-board computer. The Raspberry Pi 2 is powered with a 2A micro-usb " +"power adapter. 2A is needed to give enough power to the barcode scanners. " +"The Software is installed on a 8Gb Class 10 or Higher SD Card. All this " +"hardware is easily available worldwide from independent vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:322 +msgid "Compatible Peripherals" +msgstr "Perisféricos compatibles" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:324 +msgid "" +"Officially supported hardware is listed on the `POS Hardware page " +"`_." +msgstr "El hardware con soporte oficial está listado en `POS Hardware page `_." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:328 +msgid "The POSBox Software" +msgstr "El software de la Caja PdV" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:330 +msgid "" +"The POSBox runs a heavily modified Raspbian Linux installation, a Debian " +"derivative for the Raspberry Pi. It also runs a barebones installation of " +"Odoo which provides the webserver and the drivers. The hardware drivers are " +"implemented as Odoo modules. Those modules are all prefixed with ``hw_*`` " +"and they are the only modules that are running on the POSBox. Odoo is only " +"used for the framework it provides. No business data is processed or stored " +"on the POSBox. The Odoo instance is a shallow git clone of the ``8.0`` " +"branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:339 +msgid "" +"The root partition on the POSBox is mounted read-only, ensuring that we " +"don't wear out the SD card by writing to it too much. It also ensures that " +"the filesystem cannot be corrupted by cutting the power to the POSBox. Linux" +" applications expect to be able to write to certain directories though. So " +"we provide a ramdisk for /etc and /var (Raspbian automatically provides one " +"for /tmp). These ramdisks are setup by ``setup_ramdisks.sh``, which we run " +"before all other init scripts by running it in ``/etc/init.d/rcS``. The " +"ramdisks are named /etc_ram and /var_ram respectively. Most data from /etc " +"and /var is copied to these tmpfs ramdisks. In order to restrict the size of" +" the ramdisks, we do not copy over certain things to them (eg. apt related " +"data). We then bind mount them over the original directories. So when an " +"application writes to /etc/foo/bar it's actually writing to " +"/etc_ram/foo/bar. We also bind mount / to /root_bypass_ramdisks to be able " +"to get to the real /etc and /var during development." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:355 +msgid "Logs of the running Odoo server can be found at:" +msgstr "Registros de los servidores Odoo funcionando se pueden encontrar en:" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:357 +msgid "``/var/log/odoo/odoo.log``" +msgstr "``/var/log/odoo/odoo.log``" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:359 +msgid "" +"Various POSBox related scripts (eg. wifi-related scripts) running on the " +"POSBox will log to /var/log/syslog and those messages are tagged with " +"``posbox_*``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:364 +msgid "Accessing the POSBox" +msgstr "Accediendo a la Caja PdV" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:367 +msgid "Local Access" +msgstr "Acceso local" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:369 +msgid "" +"If you plug a QWERTY USB keyboard into one of the POSBox's USB ports, and if" +" you connect a computer monitor to the *HDMI* port of the POSBox, you can " +"use it as a small GNU/Linux computer and perform various administration " +"tasks, like viewing some logs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:374 +msgid "The POSBox will automatically log in as root on the default tty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:377 +msgid "Remote Access" +msgstr "Acceso remoto" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:379 +msgid "" +"If you have the POSBox's IP address and an SSH client you can access the " +"POSBox's system remotely. The login credentials are ``pi``/``raspberry``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:384 +msgid "Updating The POSBox Software" +msgstr "Actualizando el software de la Caja PdV" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:386 +msgid "" +"Only upgrade the POSBox if you experience problems or want to use newly " +"implemented features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:389 +msgid "" +"The best way to update the POSBox software is to download a new version of " +"the image and flash the SD-Card with it. This operation is described in " +"detail in `this tutorial `_, just " +"replace the standard Raspberry Pi image with the latest one found at `the " +"official POSBox image page `_. This " +"method of upgrading will ensure that you're running the latest version of " +"the POSBox software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:398 +msgid "" +"The second way of upgrading is through the built in upgrade interface that " +"can be reached through the POSBox homepage. The nice thing about upgrading " +"like this is that you don't have to flash a new image. This upgrade method " +"is limited to what it can do however. It can not eg. update installed " +"configuration files (like eg. /etc/hostapd.conf). It can only upgrade:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:405 +msgid "The internal Odoo application" +msgstr "La aplicación Odoo interna" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:406 +msgid "" +"Scripts in the folder " +"``odoo/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/configuration/``" +msgstr "Scripts en la carpeta ``odoo/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/configuration/``" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:408 +msgid "When in doubt, always use the first method of upgrading." +msgstr "En caso de duda, utilice siempre el primer método de actualización." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:411 +msgid "Troubleshoot" +msgstr "Solución de problemas" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:414 +msgid "The POS cannot connect to the POSBox" +msgstr "El PdV no se puede conectar a la Caja PdV" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:416 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to make sure the POSBox is properly set-up is to turn it on " +"with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error " +"if encountered or the POSBox's IP address in case of success. If no receipt " +"is printed, check the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:420 +msgid "" +"Make sure the POSBox is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " +"LED." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:422 +msgid "" +"Make sure the POSBox is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " +"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The POSBox should be ready" +" ~2 minutes after it is started." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:425 +msgid "" +"Make sure the POSBox is connected to the same network as your POS device. " +"Both the device and the POSBox should be visible in the list of connected " +"devices on your network router." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:428 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your LAN is set up with DHCP, and gives IP addresses in the " +"range 192.168.0.X, 192.168.1.X, 10.0.0.X. If you cannot setup your LAN that " +"way, you must manually set up your POSBox's IP address. See the relevant " +"paragraph in the Setup chapter of this documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:433 +msgid "" +"If you have specified the POSBox's IP address in the configuration, make " +"sure it correspond to the printed on the POSBox's status receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:436 +msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." +msgstr "Asegúrese que el PdV no está cargado sobre HTTPS." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:437 +msgid "" +"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation prevents the autodiscovery from " +"working reliably. When using Firefox you should manually set up the POSBox's" +" IP address in the POS configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:442 +msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" +msgstr "El escáner de código de barra no está funcionando" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:444 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " +"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " +"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:448 +msgid "" +"The POSBox needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " +"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " +"enough power." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:451 +msgid "" +"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" +" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" +" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:454 +msgid "" +"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " +"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " +"POSBox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:459 +msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" +msgstr "El escáner de código de barra no está funcionando de manera segura" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:461 +msgid "" +"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " +"Scanner' enabled are connected to the POSBox at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:466 +msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" +msgstr "Impresión del recibo tarda demasiado tiempo" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:468 +msgid "" +"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the POSBox will do some" +" preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " +"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " +"and the POSBox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:474 +msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" +msgstr "Algunos caracteres no se imprimen correctamente en el recibo" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:476 +msgid "" +"The POSBox does not support all languages and characters. It currently " +"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:481 +msgid "The printer is offline" +msgstr "La impresora está fuera de línea" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:483 +msgid "" +"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " +"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " +"contact support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:488 +msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +msgstr "El cajón de dinero no abre" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:490 +msgid "" +"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" +" the POS configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:494 +msgid "Credits" +msgstr "Créditos" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:495 +msgid "" +"The POSBox project was developed by Frédéric van der Essen with the kind " +"help of Gary Malherbe, Fabien Meghazi, Nicolas Wisniewsky, Dimitri Del " +"Marmol, Joren Van Onder and Antony Lesuisse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:499 +msgid "" +"This development would not have been possible without the Indiegogo campaign" +" and those who contributed to it. Special thanks goes to the partners who " +"backed the campaign with founding partner bundles:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:503 +msgid "Camptocamp" +msgstr "Camptocamp" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:504 +msgid "BHC" +msgstr "BHC" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:505 +msgid "openBig" +msgstr "openBig" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:506 +msgid "Eeezee-IT" +msgstr "Eeezee-IT" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:507 +msgid "Solarsis LDA" +msgstr "Solarsis LDA" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:508 +msgid "ACSONE" +msgstr "ACSONE" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:509 +msgid "Vauxoo" +msgstr "Vauxoo" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:510 +msgid "Ekomurz" +msgstr "Ekomurz" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:511 +msgid "Datalp" +msgstr "Datalp" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:512 +msgid "Dao Systems" +msgstr "Dao Systems" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:513 +msgid "Eggs Solutions" +msgstr "Eggs Solutions" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:514 +msgid "OpusVL" +msgstr "OpusVL" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:516 +msgid "" +"And also the partners who've backed the development with the Founding POSBox" +" Bundle:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:519 +msgid "Willow IT" +msgstr "Willow IT" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:520 +msgid "E\\. Akhalwaya & Sons" +msgstr "E\\. Akhalwaya & Sons" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:521 +msgid "Multibase" +msgstr "Multibase" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:522 +msgid "Mindesa" +msgstr "Mindesa" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:523 +msgid "bpso.biz" +msgstr "bpso.biz" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:524 +msgid "Shine IT." +msgstr "Shine IT." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..40996b658 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -0,0 +1,2186 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2015 +# Rojas Pablo , 2015 +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-05 15:48+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-10 07:59+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/es/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: es\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../purchase.rst:5 +msgid "Purchase" +msgstr "Compra" + +#: ../../purchase/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Información general" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Main Concepts" +msgstr "Conceptos Principales" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/concepts/introduction.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo Purchase Management" +msgstr "Introducción a la Gestión de Compra Odoo" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 +msgid "Terminologies" +msgstr "Terminologías" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process.rst:3 +msgid "Process Overview" +msgstr "Información general del Proceso" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:3 +msgid "Request for Quotation, Purchase Tender or Purchase Order?" +msgstr "¿Solicitud de Cotización, Compra por Licitación u Orden de Compra?" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Although they are intimately related, Requests for Quotation, Purchase " +"Tenders and Purchase Orders are not the same." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A **Request for Quotation** (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " +"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, " +"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " +"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " +"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:15 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A **Purchase Tender** (PT), also known as Call for Bids, is used to drive " +"competition between several suppliers in order to get the best offer for a " +"list of products. In comparison to the RfQ, a Purchase Tender is sent to " +"multiple suppliers, stating each are competing with one another, and that " +"the best offer will win. The main interest is that it usually leads to " +"better offers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The **Purchase Order** (PO) is the actual order that you place to the " +"supplier that you chose, either through a RfQ, a Purchase Tender, or simply " +"when you already know which supplier to order from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:27 +msgid "When to use?" +msgstr "¿Cuándo utilizar?" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:29 +msgid "" +"A **RfQ** is interesting when you have never purchased the products with " +"that supplier before and therefore don't know their price. It is also useful" +" if you want to challenge your suppliers once you have a well-established " +"relationship with them. You can also use it to assess the cost of a project " +"and see if it makes it feasible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A **Purchase Tender** is used for public offers that require an open " +"offering from several suppliers. It is also useful when you need to make a " +"one-off order for a product and you would like to get the best offer, no " +"matter which supplier it is. It may be used when your supplier has not been " +"up to your standards and you would like to either push them to deliver a " +"better service, or find a replacement in their competitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:43 +msgid "When not to use?" +msgstr "¿Cuándo no utilizar?" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:45 +msgid "" +"**RfQ**\\ s become unnecessary once you have established your favorite " +"supplier for each item, and will only increase the delay in the delivery of " +"your items. In that case, the process will be simpler by starting straight " +"from a Purchase Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:50 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Tenders** are a long and tedious process that will likely take " +"more than several weeks in the best cases. If you need a quick delivery, " +"this is not the way to go. Also, if you have a well-established relationship" +" with one supplier, think twice before you initiate a PT with them as it " +"might tear the relationship and finally lead to less interesting deals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:58 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:139 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:39 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "Ejemplo" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:60 +msgid "" +"My company builds wooden furniture. For the new series of table we are " +"designing, we need some screws, metal frames and rubber protections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:63 +msgid "" +"I create a Request for Quotation in Odoo with those products to my usual " +"supplier, and send it by email. He answers back with an offer. However, I am" +" not convinced by the offer, and I want to see if anyone can give a better " +"one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:68 +msgid "" +"I decide to push competition a bit and set up a Purchase Tender, that Odoo " +"will send to a list of suppliers I specified. Out of the 8 offers I receive," +" one gets my attention and I decide to go ahead with that one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:72 +msgid "" +"I confirm the order to the supplier by creating a Purchase Order from the " +"PT, and Odoo automatically asks delivery of the items to the supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:77 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:31 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:16 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:14 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:58 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you want to know how to create a **Purchase Order**, read the " +"documentation on :doc:`from_po_to_invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If you want to know how to create a **RfQ**, read the documentation on " +":doc:`../../purchases/rfq/create`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:85 +msgid "" +"If you want to know how to create a **Purchase Tender**, read the " +"documentation on :doc:`../../purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "From purchase order to invoice and receptions" +msgstr "De Orden de Compra a Factura y Recepciones" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/start.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "Comenzando" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/start/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup Odoo purchase?" +msgstr "¿Cómo configurar las Compras en Odoo?" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases.rst:3 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "Compras" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 +msgid "Master Data" +msgstr "Datos maestros" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "How to configure products for purchases?" +msgstr "¿Cómo configurar productos para las compras?" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 +msgid "How to import supplier pricelists?" +msgstr "¿Cómo importar la lista de precios de clientes?" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introducción" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Big companies use to import supplier pricelists day to day. Indeed, prices " +"are always changing and you need to get price up to date to deal with a high" +" number of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To manage supplier prices on product form, read this document " +"(:doc:`suppliers`). Here we will show you how to import customer prices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:16 +msgid "Required configuration" +msgstr "Configuración requerida" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:18 +msgid "In purchase settings, you have 2 options:" +msgstr "En la configuración de compra, tiene 2 opciones:" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:20 +msgid "Manage vendor price on the product form" +msgstr "Gestionar precio del vendedor en el formulario de producto" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:22 +msgid "Allow using and importing vendor pricelists" +msgstr "Permitir usar e importar la lista de precios de vendedor" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:24 +msgid "Here we are selecting: **Allow using and importing vendor pricelists**" +msgstr "Aquí estamos seleccionando: **Permitir usar e importar la lista de precios de vendedor**" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:30 +msgid "Import vendor pricelists" +msgstr "Importar la lista de precios de vendedor" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:32 +msgid "" +"There are 2 scenarios: import the vendor pricelist for the first time, or " +"update an existing vendor pricelist. In both scenarios, we assume your " +"product list and vendor list is updated and you want to import the price " +"list of vendors for a given product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To understand big principle of import of data, we invite you to read related" +" doc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To import a list from a document, the best pratice is to export first to get" +" an example of data formating and a proper header to reimport." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:50 +msgid "Import the list for the first time" +msgstr "Importar la lista por primera vez" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:53 +msgid "Prepare the document" +msgstr "Preparar el documento" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase --> Supplier Pricelists`, export a " +"template of document to get import/export compatible and get the right " +"format to import in mass. Create manually a data and export it " +"(:menuselection:`select --> Action --> Export`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:63 +msgid "Here is the list of fields you can import:" +msgstr "Aquí está la lista de campos que puede importar:" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:66 +msgid "**Header of the document to import (csv, xls)**" +msgstr "**Cabecera del documento a importar (csv, xls)**" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:66 +msgid "**Meaning and how to get it**" +msgstr "**Significado y cómo obtenerlo**" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:66 +msgid "**Example**" +msgstr "**Ejemplo**" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:68 +msgid "name_id" +msgstr "name_id" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:68 +msgid "Vendor ID -> export supplier list to get it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:68 +msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.res\\_partner\\_12" +msgstr "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.res\\_partner\\_12" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70 +msgid "product_code" +msgstr "product_code" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70 +msgid "Vendor product Code -> free text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70 +msgid "569874" +msgstr "569874" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72 +msgid "price" +msgstr "Precio" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72 +msgid "Vendor Price -> free text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72 +msgid "1500" +msgstr "1500" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:74 +msgid "product_tmpl_id.id" +msgstr "product_tmpl_id.id" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:74 +msgid "Product Template ID -> export you product list to get it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:74 +msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.product_template_13" +msgstr "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.product_template_13" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:76 +msgid "currency_id.id" +msgstr "currency_id.id" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:76 +msgid "Currency -> to get it export the currency list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:78 +msgid "date_end" +msgstr "date_end" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:78 +msgid "End date of the price validity" +msgstr "Fecha fin de la validez del precio" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:78 +msgid "2015-10-22" +msgstr "22-10-2015" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:80 +msgid "min_qty" +msgstr "min_qty" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:80 +msgid "Minimal quantity to purchase from this vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:80 +msgid "2" +msgstr "2" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:82 +msgid "product_id.id" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:82 +msgid "Product Variante name -> export your variant list to get it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:82 +msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.product\\_13" +msgstr "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.product\\_13" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:84 +msgid "date_start" +msgstr "date_start" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:84 +msgid "Start date of price validity" +msgstr "Fecha inicio de la validez del precio" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:84 +msgid "2015-12-31" +msgstr "31-12-2015" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:87 +msgid "You obtain a document which can be imported, fill in your vendor pices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Import this document in Odoo. Click on **Import** in the list view and " +"upload your document. You can validate and check error. Once the system " +"tells you everything is ok, you can import the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:102 +msgid "" +"After the import, the **Vendors** section in **Inventory** tab of the " +"product form is filled in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:106 +msgid "Update the vendor pricelist" +msgstr "Actualizar la lista de precios de vendedor" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When the pricelist of your suppliers change, it is necessary to update " +"existing prices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Follow the procedure of the first scenario in order to export existing data " +"from :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> Vendor Pricelist`. Select " +"everything, and export from the **Action** menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Change price, end date, add a line, change a supplier, ... and then reimport" +" in Odoo. Thanks to the ID, the list will be updated. Either the id is " +"recognized and the line is updated or the ID is not known by Odoo and it " +"will create a new pricelist line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:120 +msgid "" +"After the import, the **Vendors** section in **Inventory** tab of the " +"product form is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 +msgid "How to set several suppliers on a product?" +msgstr "¿Cómo agregar varios proveedores en un producto?" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 +msgid "How to purchase in different unit of measures than sales?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In day-to-day business, it may happen that your supplier uses a different " +"unit of measure than you do in sales. This can cause confusion between sales" +" and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time converting" +" measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures " +"between sales and purchase very easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 +msgid "Let's take the following examples:" +msgstr "Vamos a tomar los siguientes ejemplos:" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You buy water from a supplier. The supplier is american and sells his water " +"in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus like to " +"see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold " +"quantities in **Liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the" +" unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 +msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" +msgstr "Instalar los módulos de compra y ventas" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are " +"correctly installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 +msgid "|uom01|" +msgstr "|uom01|" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 +msgid "|uom02|" +msgstr "|uom02|" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 +msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" +msgstr "Active la opción Unidad de Medida" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different " +"unit of measures (advanced)** box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 +msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49 +msgid "Standard units of measures" +msgstr "Unidades de medidas estándares" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. " +"Please remember that differents units of measures between sales and purchase" +" necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, " +"**weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 +msgid "" +"It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not " +"standard in Odoo (see next chapter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our " +"customers in **Liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 +msgid "" +"We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " +"Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Create your own product or select an existing one. In the products general " +"information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of measure** (will" +" be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for " +"purchase)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for " +"**Purchase Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 +msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the " +"supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the " +"curtains in **square meters**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The two measures are part of two different categories. Remember, you cannot " +"relate an existing measure from one category with an existing measure of " +"another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category**" +" where both units have a conversion relationship." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, go into your sales module select :menuselection:`Configuration -->" +" Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by" +" selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture " +"below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called " +"**Inter-Category-Computation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create the **Rolls** and **Square meter** units of " +"measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your " +"purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units " +"of Measure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 +msgid "Create two new units:" +msgstr "Crear dos unidades nuevas:" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The **Roll** unit who is part of the Inter-Category-Computation category and" +" is the **Reference Unit type** (see picture below). The Reference Unit type" +" is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning that other " +"measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square" +" meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118 +msgid "" +"For the **Square Meter**, we will specify that ``1 Roll = 10 square meters``" +" of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square " +"meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as " +"``one Roll = 10 square meters``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 +msgid "" +"It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a " +"**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:133 +msgid ":doc:`configuration`" +msgstr ":doc:`configuration`" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 +msgid "Request for Quotations" +msgstr "Solicitud de Cotizaciones" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "How to analyze the performance of my vendors?" +msgstr "¿Cómo analizar la actuación de mis vendedores?" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " +"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " +"track and analyze your vendor’s performance :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 +msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 +msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" +msgstr "Puede negociar descuentos en precios;" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13 +msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" +msgstr "Puede chequear el promedio de tiempo de entrega por proveedor;" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 +msgid "Etc." +msgstr "Etc." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " +"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " +"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " +"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " +"their future orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:17 +msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " +"module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 +msgid "Issue some purchase orders" +msgstr "Expedir algunas órdenes de compra" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " +"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**. " +"If you want to know how to generate a purchase order, please read the " +"documentation :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:44 +msgid "Analyzing your vendors" +msgstr "Analizando sus vendedores" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:47 +msgid "Generate flexible reports" +msgstr "Generar reportes flexibles" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " +"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " +"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " +"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " +"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " +"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:60 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " +"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " +"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " +"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on “Products”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " +"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" +" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " +"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:77 +msgid "" +"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " +"dependent and one independent measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:81 +msgid "Customize reports" +msgstr "Personalizar reportes" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " +"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " +"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " +"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " +"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " +"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " +"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " +"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:97 +msgid "" +"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " +"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " +"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:103 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:76 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:132 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup two levels of approval for purchase orders?" +msgstr "¿Cómo configurar dos niveles de aprobación para las órdenes de compra?" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 +msgid "How to control supplier bills?" +msgstr "¿Cómo controlar las cuentas de proveedores?" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " +"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " +"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" +" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " +"management processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:13 +msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " +"vendor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " +"Order (PO)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " +"stockable products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " +"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:27 +msgid "" +"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " +"only one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 +msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 +msgid "" +"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " +"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing purchase will " +"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:41 +msgid "Creating products" +msgstr "Creando productos" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " +"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the **Products** submenu under **Purchase**," +" and click **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:50 +msgid "" +"When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as " +"it is important:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Products that are set as **Stockable** or **Consumable** will allow you to " +"keep track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management " +"and will allow for receiving these kinds of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service** or **Digital Product** " +"will not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " +"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " +"of these designations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:64 +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " +"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " +"management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product" +" type to **Service**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:70 +msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" +msgstr "Gestionando las cuentas de sus vendedores" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:73 +msgid "Purchasing products or services" +msgstr "Comprando productos o servicios" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:75 +msgid "" +"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " +"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " +"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor " +"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the " +"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " +"Reference)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the **Inventory** " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:89 +msgid "Receiving Products" +msgstr "Recibiendo productos" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " +"you will need to receive the products from the **Inventory** application " +"after you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory** dashboard, you " +"should see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This " +"button is outlined in red below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be " +"received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:106 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" +" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the " +"**Vendor** (or **Partner**), the product, or the source document, also known" +" as the reference of your purchase order. You also have the capability to " +"group the orders by different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item" +" from this list will open the following screen where you then will receive " +"the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:117 +msgid "Purchasing **Service** products does not trigger a delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:120 +msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" +msgstr "Gestionando las cuentas de sus vendedores" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:122 +msgid "" +"When you receive a **Vendor Bill** for a previous purchase, be sure to " +"record it in the **Purchases** application under the **Control Menu**. You " +"need to create a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a **Vendor Bill** is to " +"select the appropriate **Vendor** as this will also pull up any associated " +"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify " +"any one or multiple purchase orders to populate the vendor bill with. When " +"you select a purchase order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced " +"products associated to that purchase order and automatically populate that " +"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " +"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " +"reference number or your internal purchase order number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:144 +msgid "" +"While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need" +" (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:149 +msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same purchase order if:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:154 +msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " +"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " +"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this" +" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and" +" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" +" validate the vendor bill, you may override this zero quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:165 +msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:168 +msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:170 +msgid "" +"If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what " +"Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several " +"reasons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" +" have not ordered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," +" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:181 +msgid "Or the vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:183 +msgid "" +"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " +"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " +"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:187 +msgid "" +"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " +"could be due to one of a few reasons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order, therefore it is" +" not going to appear anywhere in the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:196 +msgid "Or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:199 +msgid "How product quantities are managed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:201 +msgid "" +"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " +"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:204 +msgid "" +"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " +"quantities, you will need to enable **Debug Mode** from the **About Odoo** " +"information. Once debug mode is activated, select the product(s) you wish to" +" modify, and you should see a new field appear, labeled **Control Purchase " +"Bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:213 +msgid "" +"You can then change the default management method for the selected product " +"to be based on either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:216 +msgid "Ordered quantities" +msgstr "Cantidades ordenadas" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:218 +msgid "Received quantities" +msgstr "Cantidades recibidas" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:221 +msgid "Batch Billing" +msgstr "Facturación por lotes" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:223 +msgid "" +"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " +"you may continue to select additional purchase orders and Odoo will add the " +"additional line items from that purchase order. If you have not deleted the " +"previous line items from the first purchase order the bill will be linked to" +" all the appropriate purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "How to cancel a purchase order?" +msgstr "¿Cómo cancelar una orden de compra?" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Due to misunderstandings, human errors or change of plans, it is sometimes " +"necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo allows you to do" +" it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10 +msgid "" +"We will first take as example the case where you order **3 iPad mini** that " +"haven't arrived in your transfers yet. As the installation of the inventory " +"application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it is also " +"interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to " +"cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "Crear una Orden de Compra" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for " +"Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> " +"Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To learn more about the purchase order process, read the documentation page " +":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 +msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" +msgstr "Cancelar su Orden de Compra" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:33 +msgid "Use case 1 : you didn’t receive your goods yet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, " +"you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO " +"and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:48 +msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to " +"cancel the PO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:54 +msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to cancel " +"the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped." +" From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order " +"line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:66 +msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`" +msgstr "Para conocer más, vea :doc:`reception`" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed " +"less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will " +"ask you the permission to create a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You" +" will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, " +"therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:83 +msgid "Create reverse transfer" +msgstr "Crear transferencia inversa" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your vendor" +" location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document." +" A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the" +" corresponding location and click on **Return**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your " +"stock to your vendor location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 +msgid "" +"When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be" +" automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely " +"cancelled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:104 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`bills`" +msgstr ":doc:`bills`" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:105 +msgid ":doc:`reception`" +msgstr ":doc:`reception`" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a Request for Quotation?" +msgstr "¿Cómo crear una Solicitud de Cotizaciones?" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Request for Quotation (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " +"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, " +"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " +"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " +"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:12 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For more information on best uses, please read the chapter " +":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:19 +msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation" +msgstr "Creando una Solicitud de Cotización" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for " +"Quotation` and click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by " +"clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the " +"date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:35 +msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " +"in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " +"and selecting the unit of measure. In the **Unit Price** field, specify the " +"price you would like to be offered (you can also leave the field blank if " +"you don't know what the price should be) , and add the expected delivery " +"date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, then **Print Rfq** or " +"**Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this " +"supplier or enter a new one)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 +msgid "" +"After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" +" switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " +"**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " +"payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " +"the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" +" corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/currency.rst:3 +msgid "How to purchase in a foreign currency?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 +msgid "How to control product received? (entirely & partially)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control " +"products to receive and to control supplier bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first" +" thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been " +"purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 +msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This " +"will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among " +"others), which is required with **Purchase**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 +msgid "Create products" +msgstr "Crear productos" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the " +"**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 +msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is " +"installed): there is no control about what you receive or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45 +msgid "" +"It's always good to create a **Miscellaneous** product for all the products " +"you purchased rarely and for which you don’t want to manage the stocks or " +"have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to" +" set his product type field as **Service**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52 +msgid "Control products receptions" +msgstr "Controlar recepciones de productos" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55 +msgid "Purchase products" +msgstr "Comprar productos" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57 +msgid "" +"From the purchase application, create a purchase order with a few products. " +"If the vendor sent you a sale order or a quotation, put its reference in the" +" **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to easily do the matching " +"with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably " +"include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 +msgid "" +"See the documentation page :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` " +"for a full overview of the purchase process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:71 +msgid "Receive Products" +msgstr "Recibir productos" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you can " +"receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the " +"**Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the " +"receipt box of the related warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to search " +"on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product or the " +"source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. You can open" +" the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all " +"the lines within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:96 +msgid "" +"You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the **Validate** " +"button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the " +"**Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, " +"it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed " +"quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record " +"the quantity received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:107 +msgid "" +"When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the" +" initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create " +"Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If " +"you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:121 +msgid ":doc:`cancel`" +msgstr ":doc:`cancel`" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/subcontracting.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage sub-contracting (purchase of services)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase Tenders" +msgstr "Compras por Licitaciones" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage multiple offers from suppliers with purchase tenders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:19 +msgid "Activating the Purchase Tender function" +msgstr "Activando la función Compras por Licitaciones" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:21 +msgid "" +"By default, the Purchase Tender is not activated. To be able to use PTs, you" +" must first activate the option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In the Purchases module, open the Configuration menu and click on Settings. " +"In the Purchase Order section, locate the **Calls for Tenders** and tick the" +" box Allow using call for tenders… (advanced), then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:33 +msgid "Creating a Purchase Tender" +msgstr "Crear una Compra por Licitación" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To create a new Purchase Tender, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase " +"Tenders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the Purchase Tenders window, click on **Create**. A new Purchase Tenders " +"window opens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:43 +msgid "By default, Odoo names PTs \"TEXXXXX\" but you can change it as you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In the **Responsible** field, you can select the person who will be in " +"charge of the PT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:51 +msgid "In the **Tender Selection Type** menu, you can decide to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:53 +msgid "" +"select only one RfQ and automatically cancel all other bid: *Select only one" +" RFQ (exclusive)*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:55 +msgid "allow multiple purchase orders for this PT: *Select multiple RFQ*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Tick in the box **Multiple RFQ per vendor** if you wish to allow suppliers " +"to send in more than one Request for Quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:63 +msgid "" +"In the **Tender Closing Deadline** field, select the date to bids are closed" +" for suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In the **Scheduled Ordering Date** field, select the date to which you will " +"place the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"In the **Scheduled Date** field, select the date to which the products " +"should be delivered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In the **Source Document** field, you can insert a previous PO to use as a " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:78 +msgid "In the Products section, click on **Add an item**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Select the product in the **Product** list, then insert **Quantity**. You " +"can add as many products as you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click on **Save**, then on **Confirm Call**. Two new RFQs/Bids and Request a" +" Quotation tabs have appeared on the right side of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Click on **Request a Quotation** and type in the names of the suppliers you " +"wish to include in the PT, then click on **Create Request for Quotation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:98 +msgid "" +"A list of suppliers has appeared in the **Requests for Quotation** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To send the RfQs to your suppliers, click on the green V icon. You can also " +"review the RfQ before sending them by clicking on them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:107 +msgid "" +"When you receive offers, click on the RFQs/Bids tab. In the list view, " +"select the company and click on **Edit** to adapt the details as stated in " +"the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:114 +msgid "When you have edited all the corresponding fields, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:116 +msgid "" +"When the deadline has been reached, click on **Close Call for Tenders**. The" +" status of the PT is now **Bid Selection**. Open the RFQs/Bids tab and open " +"the RfQ(s) you wish to proceed with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Click on **Approve Order** to convert the RfQ into a Purchase Order, the go " +"back to your PT and click on **Done** to close the PT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:128 +msgid "View *Purchase Tenders* in our Online Demonstration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:134 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:3 +msgid "" +"How to purchase partially at two vendors for the same purchase tenders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:5 +msgid "" +"For some Purchase Tenders (PT), you might sometimes want to be able to " +"select only a part of some of the offers you received. In Odoo, this is made" +" possible through the advanced mode of the **Purchase** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you want to know how to handle a simple **Purchase Tender**, read the " +"document on :doc:`manage_multiple_offers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:19 +msgid "From the **Apps** menu, install the **Purchase Management** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:25 +msgid "Activating the Purchase Tender and Purchase Tender advanced mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to select elements of an offer, you must activate the " +"advanced mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To do so, go into the **Purchases** module, open the **Configuration** menu " +"and click on **Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In the **Calls for Tenders** section, tick the option **Allow using call for" +" tenders to get quotes from multiple suppliers(...)**, and in the **Advanced" +" Calls for Tenders** section, tick the option **Advanced call for tender " +"(...)** then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:42 +msgid "Selecting elements of a RFQ/Bid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase Tenders`. Create a purchase " +"tender containing several products, and follow the usual sequence all the " +"way to the **Bid Selection** status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:49 +msgid "" +"When you closed the call, click on **Choose Product Lines** to access the " +"list of products and the bids received for all of them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Unroll the list of offers you received for each product, and click on the " +"*v* symbol (**Confirm order**) next to the offers you wish to proceed with. " +"The lines for which you've confirmed the order turn blue. When you're " +"finished, click on **Generate PO** to create a purchase order for each " +"product and supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When you come back to you purchase tender, you can see that the status has " +"switched to **PO Created** and that the **Requests for Quotations** now have" +" a status of **Purchase Order** or **Cancelled**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:72 +msgid "" +"From there, follow the documentation " +":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` to proceed with the " +"delivery and invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:76 +msgid ":doc:`manage_multiple_offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment.rst:3 +msgid "Replenishment" +msgstr "Reposición" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3 +msgid "Replenishment Flows" +msgstr "Flujo de reposición" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 +msgid "How are the order date and scheduled dates computed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " +"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company, Odoo " +"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " +"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " +"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " +"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:13 +msgid "Configuring lead times" +msgstr "Configurando tiempo de entregas" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Configuring **lead times** is an essential move in order to compute " +"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " +"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients. " +"Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:21 +msgid "On a product level" +msgstr "En un nivel de producto" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:24 +msgid "Supplier lead time:" +msgstr "Tiempo de entrega de Proveedor:" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The supplier lead time is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your " +"purchased product. To configure the Supplier lead time select a product " +"(from the Purchase module, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Product`), and" +" go in the **Inventory** tab. You will have to add a **Vendor** to your " +"product in order to select a supplier lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:36 +msgid "" +"It is possible to add more than one vendor per product and thus different " +"delivery lead times depending on the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once a vendor is selected, click on it to open its form and indicate its " +"delivery lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery days " +"will be equal to: Date of the purchase order + Delivery Lead Time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:50 +msgid "Customer lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your " +"store/warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. " +"Simply select a product (from the **Sales** module, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Product`), and go into the **Sales** tab to " +"indicate your customer lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:62 +msgid "On the company level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:64 +msgid "" +"On company level, it is possible to parameter **security days** in order to " +"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " +"is to subtract **backup** days from the computed scheduled date in case of " +"delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:70 +msgid "Sales Safety days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Sales Safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" +" your clients engagements on time. They are margins of errors for delivery " +"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " +"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " +"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " +"the one you promised to your client. That way you are sure to be able to " +"keep your commitment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To set up your security dates, go to the app :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General settings`, and click on **Configure your company data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 +msgid "Go the **Configuration** tab to indicate the number of safety days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Note that you can in this menu configure a default **Manufacturing** lead " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:97 +msgid "Purchase days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:99 +msgid "Purchase days response to the same logic than sales security days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:101 +msgid "" +"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " +"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled in order to " +"cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can be found in the " +"same menu as the sales safety days (see screenshot above)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:108 +msgid "On route level" +msgstr "En un nivel de ruta" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The internal transfers due to the movement of stocks can also influence the " +"computed date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **Inventory** " +"module when creating a new push rule for a new route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Read the documentation " +":doc:`../../../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule` to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:125 +msgid "On document level:" +msgstr "En un nivel de documento:" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:128 +msgid "Requested date" +msgstr "Fecha solicitada" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers the possibility to indicate a requested date by the client " +"straight on the sale order, under the tab **Other information**. If this " +"date is earlier than the theoretically computed date, Odoo will " +"automatically display a warning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:141 +msgid "" +"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " +"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." +" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " +"on your configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:146 +msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:148 +msgid "" +"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:151 +msgid "" +"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " +"lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:154 +msgid "" +"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " +"needs on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup drop-shipping?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 +msgid "How to trigger the purchase of products based on sales?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/replenishment_methods.rst:3 +msgid "What are the available automated replenishment methods?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a minimum stock rule?" +msgstr "¿Cómo configurar una regla de stock mínimo?" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5 +msgid "" +"For some items you hold in stock, it might be useful to have rules making " +"sure you never run out of stocks (for example, products with a high demand, " +"or large items requiring a lot of storage space meaning they're harder to " +"stock)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to set up rules so that an automatic replenishment for those" +" items is made, based on minimum stocks available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:14 +msgid "When should I use Reordering Rules?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Reordering Rules work best for items that have a high demand and high flow. " +"It will relieve you from a lot of work to focus on the rest of your " +"activities knowing that stocks will always be right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:20 +msgid "" +"It can also be used when you have limited storage space and you need to keep" +" large items in stock. In this case, you can keep as little as 1 item in " +"stock, and have a new one ordered as a stock replenishment as soon as the " +"item in stock is sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:26 +msgid "When should I avoid Reordering Rules?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If you are offering a new product and don't know yet how fast it will go, " +"you should handle stocks yourself first, and setup reordering rules only a " +"few months into the sale to have better forecasts of the demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you sell items that have a limited lifetime, such as fashion items, " +"technology items, or products working together with a system that is meant " +"to evolve, you have to be very well informed on when to stop automated " +"replenishments, in order to avoid having to sell these items at a price that" +" will not allow you to break even." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 +msgid "" +"My company sells modern furniture. We sell a set of table and chairs that " +"are available in 4 seatings and 6 seatings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To keep things simple, we stock tables and chairs separately, but sell them " +"all together to our clients as a kit. In order to make sure we can always " +"deliver a complete set of table and chairs, I setup a Reordering Rule for " +"the chairs to make sure I always have at least 10 chairs in stock, but no " +"more than 20. This way, I can sell up to 5 sets of table at once while " +"keeping my stock low enough not to eat up all my storage space." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The last table I sold was a 4 seatings, and there were 12 chairs left in my " +"stock. Because the stock in chairs is now only 8 chairs, Odoo will " +"automatically order 12 new chairs to fill up my stock to the maximum amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:61 +msgid "Set up your product" +msgstr "Configurar su producto" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:63 +msgid "" +"In the Purchases module, open the Purchase menu and click on Products. Open " +"the product to which you would like to add a Reordering Rule (or create a " +"new one)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:67 +msgid "3 conditions for correct reordering rule :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:69 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`General information --> Product type`, make the product " +"stockable (as soon as this is done, the icon \"Reordering rule will appear)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:71 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Inventory --> route`, tick the \"Buy\" box (and untick " +"the Make To Order box)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Select a vendor (don't forget to put a minimal quantity greater than 0)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:76 +msgid "Create a reordering rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:78 +msgid "Click on the Reordering Rules tab, click on Create. A new page opens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:83 +msgid "" +"By default, Reordering Rules in Odoo are named as \"OP/XXXXX\" but you are " +"free to use any nomenclature. You can modify it via the **Name** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:86 +msgid "The **Product** field is the product you are creating the rule for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Select the warehouse to which the product should be delivered in the " +"**Warehouse** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If you have configured multiple warehouses and location, specify the " +"location in which the product will be stored in the **Location** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:96 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:102 +msgid "" +"In the **Minimum Quantity** field, insert the quantity to which the system " +"will trigger a new order for replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:105 +msgid "" +"In the **Maximum Quantity** field, insert the maximum of items that has to " +"be stocked. The replenishing order will be based on that quantity to " +"reorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The **Quantity Multiple** is the lowest number of items that can be ordered " +"at once. For instance, some items may be only available for purchase in a " +"set of 2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:113 +msgid "" +"In the Misc section, the **Active** box allows you to activate or deactivate" +" the rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:116 +msgid "In the **Lead Time** section, you can enter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:118 +msgid "" +"the number of Day(s) to purchase: correspond to the number of days for the " +"supplier to receive the order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:120 +msgid "the number of Day(s) to get the products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:122 +msgid "" +"By default, the lead times are in calendar days. You can change that in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Minimum Stock " +"Rules`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:125 +msgid "When you have entered all the info, click on Save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:127 +msgid "" +"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" +" stock, the system will automatically send a RfQ to your supplier based on " +"your maximum quantity to replenish your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the Inventory " +"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " +"12:00PM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To know how to configure and run the schedulers manually, read the document " +"on :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:140 +msgid ":doc:`replenishment_methods`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:142 +msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:3 +msgid "How to trigger a warning when purchasing at a specific vendor?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 +msgid "Multi-Companies" +msgstr "Multi-Compañías" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting.rst:3 +msgid "Trouble-Shooting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:3 +msgid "How to check that everything is working fine?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/not_generated.rst:3 +msgid "My purchase orders have not been generated, why?" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index ce854703d..59f3a53a1 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -3,13 +3,14 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. # # Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2015 # Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2015 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-05 15:48+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-06 12:54+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-10 08:05+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -249,7 +250,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 msgid "When you are done, click on **SAVE**." -msgstr "Klik op **OPSLAAN\" wanneer u klaar bent." +msgstr "Klik op **OPSLAAN** wanneer u klaar bent." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" @@ -304,7 +305,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om het bankafschrift te sluiten klikt u op **Valideer**." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" @@ -391,7 +392,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`coda`" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe uw PayPal account synchroniseren met Odoo?" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -403,7 +404,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 msgid "Install the account_yodlee module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installeer de account_yodlee module" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -416,11 +417,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klik op de knop toepassen nadat het klaar is." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 msgid "Setup your PayPal account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zet uw PayPal account op" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -531,7 +532,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 msgid "In order to connect with the banks, Odoo uses two web-services:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om met banken te connecteren gebruikt Odoo twee web-services:" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 msgid "Plaid: for the main banks in the U.S." @@ -1296,7 +1297,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activeer de multi valuta optie" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -1333,7 +1334,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 msgid "Create a new bank account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Maak een nieuwe bankrekening aan" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -1352,7 +1353,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 msgid "A journal in your dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Een dagboek in uw dashboard" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -1455,11 +1456,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 msgid "Usage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gebruik" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 msgid "How to register cash payments?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe beheer ik contante betalingen?" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -1475,7 +1476,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vul de begin en eindbalans in" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -1513,11 +1514,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 msgid "Others" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Andere" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 msgid "Adviser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adviseerder" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 msgid "Manage your fixed assets" @@ -1634,7 +1635,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:82 msgid "Explanation of the fields:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verklaring van de velden:" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88 msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration" @@ -1723,7 +1724,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe beheer ik een financieel budget?" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -1763,7 +1764,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 msgid "Budgetary Positions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Budgetaire posities" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1793,7 +1794,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:63 msgid "Click on *Select*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klik op *Selecteer*." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." @@ -1807,7 +1808,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 msgid "Analytical account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Analytische rekening" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -1822,7 +1823,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:88 msgid "Set a budget" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stel een budget in" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -1865,7 +1866,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:120 msgid "Check your budget" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Controleer uw budget" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -1885,15 +1886,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:133 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:134 msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ga terug in de budgetlijst en zoek het Smith project." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -2009,11 +2010,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Leningen**." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 msgid "**Tax adjustments**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Belasting aanpassingen**." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -2034,7 +2035,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 msgid "Closing the fiscal year" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Het fiscale jaar afsluiten" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -2057,7 +2058,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Analytisch" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" @@ -2117,11 +2118,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 msgid "Don't forget to save our changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vergeet niet om onze wijzigingen te bewaren." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:58 msgid "Create an Analytical account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Maak een analytische rekening." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -2137,7 +2138,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:71 msgid "Record an expense" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Registreer een uitgave" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -2147,7 +2148,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:78 msgid "Create an expense product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Maak een uitgave product" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -2180,7 +2181,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:105 msgid "Purchase Product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inkoopproduct" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -2286,11 +2287,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 msgid "Apply your changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pas uw wijzigingen toe." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 msgid "Create an employee" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Maak een werknemer aan" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -2354,7 +2355,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 msgid "Fill in timesheet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vul urenstaat in" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -2366,7 +2367,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Harry heeft drie uur gewerkt aan een SWOT analyse voor Smith&Co." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -2383,7 +2384,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 msgid "Analytic accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Analytische boekhouding" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -2394,11 +2395,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "We kunnen twee methodes gebruiken om deze situatie te analyseren." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 msgid "Without filters" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zonder filters" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -2429,7 +2430,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 msgid "With filters" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Met filters" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." @@ -2531,15 +2532,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 msgid "Marketing Department" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Marketing afdeling" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 msgid "Commercial Department" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Commerciële afdeling" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 msgid "Administration Department" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Administratieve afdeling" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 @@ -2547,13 +2548,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 msgid "Production Range 1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Productie bereik 1" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "Production Range 2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Productie bereik 2" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -2581,7 +2582,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Title**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Titel**" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 @@ -2591,25 +2592,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Account**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Rekening**" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Debet**" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Credet**" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 msgid "**Value**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Waarde**" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" @@ -2621,15 +2622,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "2122" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2122" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "1500" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1500" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "-1 500" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-1 500" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 msgid "Subcontractors" @@ -2644,7 +2645,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "-450" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-450" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" @@ -2653,11 +2654,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "200" -msgstr "" +msgstr "200" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "Transport charges" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vervoerskosten" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "Staff costs" @@ -2665,47 +2666,47 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "2121" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2121" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "10000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "10000" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "Marketing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Marketing" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "-2 000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-2 000" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "Commercial" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Commercieel" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "-3 000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-3 000" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Administrative" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Administratief" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 msgid "-1 000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-1 000" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "PR" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PR" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "-400" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-400" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -2809,7 +2810,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Amount**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Bedrag**" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**General Account**" @@ -2828,27 +2829,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "-15" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-15" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "Search for information (3 h)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zoek voor informatie (3u)" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "-45" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-45" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Consultation (4 h)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Consultatie (4u)" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Case 2.1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Case 2.1" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "-60" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-60" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "Service charges" @@ -2857,7 +2858,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "280" -msgstr "" +msgstr "280" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "705 – Billing services" @@ -2869,27 +2870,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "-42" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-42" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "601 - Meubel aankoop" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "42" -msgstr "" +msgstr "42" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bezine kost - bezoek klant" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "-35" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-35" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "613 – Transports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "613 – Transport" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "35" @@ -2897,15 +2898,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "Staff salaries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Personeels salaris" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "6201 – Salaries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "6201 – Lonen" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "3 000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "3 000" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -2938,7 +2939,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 msgid "project planning," -msgstr "" +msgstr "project planning," #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," @@ -2981,7 +2982,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 msgid "Conclusion" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Conclusie" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 msgid "" @@ -3084,7 +3085,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 msgid "Other Income" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ander inkomen" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 @@ -3092,23 +3093,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "Income" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inkomen" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 msgid "Depreciation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Afschrijving" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uitgaven" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 msgid "Direct Costs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Directe kosten" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe configureer ik mijn rekeningen?" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -3142,7 +3143,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voorraad" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" @@ -3168,7 +3169,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 msgid "Definition of average cost" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Definitie van een gemiddelde kost" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -3207,7 +3208,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 msgid "Average cost example" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gemiddelde kost voorbeeld" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 @@ -3215,14 +3216,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Operation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Operatie" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 msgid "Delta Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Delta waarde" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 @@ -3230,7 +3231,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voorraadwaarde" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 @@ -3238,7 +3239,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Qty On Hand" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beschikbare Hvh" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 @@ -3246,7 +3247,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Avg Cost" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gemiddelde kost" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 @@ -3257,60 +3258,60 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$0" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$0" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 msgid "0" -msgstr "" +msgstr "0" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ontvang 8 producten aan $10" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "+8\\*$10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "+8\\*$10" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$80" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$80" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "8" -msgstr "" +msgstr "8" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$10" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ontvang 4 producten aan $16" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 msgid "+4\\*$16" -msgstr "" +msgstr "+4\\*$16" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "$144" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$144" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "12" -msgstr "" +msgstr "12" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 @@ -3332,16 +3333,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$12" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$12" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lever 10 producten" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 msgid "-10\\*$12" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-10\\*$12" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 @@ -3349,7 +3350,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "$24" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$24" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 @@ -3357,7 +3358,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -3407,7 +3408,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "-1\\*$12" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-1\\*$12" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 @@ -3415,7 +3416,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 msgid "Explanation: counter example" @@ -3442,17 +3443,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 msgid "-1\\*$10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-1\\*$10" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$2**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**$2**" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**0**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**0**" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -3468,7 +3469,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**$0**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**$0**" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -3593,7 +3594,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 msgid "Configure your journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configureer uw dagboek" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -3717,7 +3718,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 msgid "You can change it in the settings:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "U kan het wijzigen in de instellingen:" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 msgid "View or edit rate being used" @@ -3742,7 +3743,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 msgid "Live Currency Rate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Live valuta ratio" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -3783,7 +3784,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 msgid "Configure your journals" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configureer uw dagboeken" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -3843,7 +3844,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 msgid "Bank Statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bankafschriften" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 @@ -3904,7 +3905,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Multi valuta inschakelen" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -3962,7 +3963,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`how_it_works`" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 @@ -3998,7 +3999,7 @@ msgstr "Klik op: **Activeer de ontwikkelaarsmodus**." #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28 msgid "Create your financial report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Maak uw financieel rapport" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -4354,7 +4355,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 msgid "Tax Report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Belasting rapport" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -4443,7 +4444,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:55 msgid "Defining Fiscal Positions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fiscale posities definiëren" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -4815,11 +4816,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Starten" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe Odoo boekhouding op te zetten?" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4842,7 +4843,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 msgid "Completing your company settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bedrijfsinstellingen voltooien" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" @@ -7607,11 +7608,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "You can then change the default management method for the selected product " "to be based on either:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "U kan vervolgens de standaard beheer methode van het geselecteerde product wijzigen om gebaseerd te zijn op:" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 msgid "Ordered quantities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bestelde hoeveelheden" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 msgid "or Received quantities" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index cbc818263..38af6e6a2 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-03 11:43+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-05 08:02+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-07 10:21+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken \n" "Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -20,4 +20,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../index.rst:3 msgid "Odoo User Documentation" -msgstr "Odoo gebruikers documentatie" +msgstr "Odoo gebruikersdocumentatie" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index 2c9b3dd63..77097ee4e 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-05 15:48+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-06 12:54+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-09 11:55+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken \n" "Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory.rst:5 ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voorraad" #: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 msgid "Barcodes" @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ msgstr "Dagelijkse operaties" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe een voorraad wijziging te doen met barcodes?" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "From the Barcode application:" @@ -40,37 +40,37 @@ msgstr "Vanuit de Barcode applicatie:" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7 msgid "Click on **Inventory**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klik op **Voorraad*" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12 msgid "" "Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times, or" " use the keyboard to set the quantity)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Scan alle producten (Indien u 5 identieke producten heeft scant u deze 5 keer of gebruikt u het toetsenbord om de hoeveelheid in te stellen)." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, scan the location before scanning the " "products. Eg. scan a shelf's barcode ; scan each product on the shelf ; " "repeat for each shelf in the wharehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indien u meerdere locaties beheerd scant u eerst de locatie voordat u de producten scant. Scan bijvoorbeeld de barcode van een schap; scan elk product op het schap; en herhaal dit voor elk schap in het magazijn." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20 msgid "" "When you've scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " "manually or by scanning the **Validate** barcode." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wanneer u alle producten van de locatie heeft gescand valideert u de voorraad manueel of door de barcode **Valideer** te scannen." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3 msgid "How to process delivery orders?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe uitgaande leveringen te verwerken?" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5 msgid "" "There are two approaches to process delivery orders: you can either work on " "printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " "scan products directly)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Er zijn twee manieren om uitgaande leveringen te verwerken: u kan werken op geprinte documenten (en de lijnen op de documenten scannen), of op een scherm (en producten direct inscannen)." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10 msgid "Process printed delivery orders:" @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ msgstr "Verwerk afgedrukte afleverorders:" msgid "" "Print delivery orders of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " "Do** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Print uitgaande leveringen van vandaag door alle documenten te selecteren vanuit de **Te Doen** lijst en print **Lever operaties** vanuit het bovenste menu." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35 #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33 msgid "Pick up and scan each listed product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Haal elk product op en scan het." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -157,11 +157,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17 msgid "Pick up and **scan the products**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Haal de producten op en **Scan de producten**" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19 msgid "Scan the **destination location**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Scan de **Bestemmingslocatie**" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21 msgid "**Validate** the transfer to finish it" @@ -196,11 +196,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16 msgid "Click or scan **Validate** once you are done" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klik of scan **Valideer** wanneer u klaar bent" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18 msgid "What is the difference between **Lots** and **Serial Numbers**?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wat is het verschil tussen **Partijen** en **Serienummers**?" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43 msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Click bewaar/scan **Valideer** en u bent klaar." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3 msgid "How to process incoming receipts?" @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 msgid "Automatic carriage return" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Automatisch harde return" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ msgid "" " of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " "explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" " suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Standaard heeft Odoo een vertraging van 50 milliseconden tussen elke succesvolle scan (het helpt dubbele scans tegen te gaan die per ongeluk gebeuren). Als u deze vertraging wilt onderdrukken kan u uw scanner configureren om een harde return toe te voegen aan het einde van de barcode. Dit is vaak de standaard configuratie en kan expliciet worden toegepast door een specifieke barcode te scannen die u kan vinden in uw handleiding ('CR suffix AAN', 'Voeg enter toe na suffix', enz.)" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?" @@ -467,11 +467,11 @@ msgstr "Magazijnbeheer" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3 msgid "Inventory Adjustment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voorraad tellingen" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3 msgid "How to make the initial inventory?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe de initiële voorraad te maken?" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23 msgid "Start the initial inventory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Start de initiële voorraad" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26 msgid "Update the product quantity for one product" @@ -926,22 +926,22 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 msgid "Two steps flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Twee stappen flow" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gelieve de documentatie te lezen op :doc:`two_steps`" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 msgid "Three steps flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Drie stappen flow" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gelieve de documentatie te lezen op :doc:`three_steps`" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?" @@ -1249,7 +1249,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Januari 19: werkelijk geplande leverdatum (1 dag na de verkoop veiligheid dag)" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -1328,7 +1328,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 msgid "Allow managing routes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sta beheren van magazijnen toe" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -1607,7 +1607,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inkomende zendingen" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" @@ -1649,7 +1649,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 msgid "The principles are the following:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "De principes zijn de volgende:" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." @@ -1687,7 +1687,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97 msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)" @@ -1727,7 +1727,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24 msgid "Use advanced routes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gebruik geavanceerde routes" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -1858,7 +1858,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`two_steps`" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)" @@ -1885,7 +1885,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe configureer ik mijn magazijn?" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -1966,16 +1966,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98 msgid ":doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`three_steps`" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Partijen en Serienummers" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wat is het verschil tussen partijen en serienummers?" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6 @@ -2006,7 +2006,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 msgid "When to use" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wanneer te gebruiken" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -2027,7 +2027,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wanneer niet te gebruiken" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -2047,16 +2047,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 msgid ":doc:`lots`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`lots`" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe partijen te beheren van identieke producten?" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -2082,12 +2082,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19 msgid "Setting up" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opzetten" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Applicatie configuratie" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -2107,11 +2107,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 msgid "Then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klik vervolgens op **Toepassen**." #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 msgid "Operation types configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Soorten operatie configuratie" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -2141,12 +2141,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 msgid "Manage lots" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beheer partijen" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49 msgid "Transfers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Overplaatsingen" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -2177,20 +2177,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 msgid "Inventory adjustment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voorraad tellingen" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voorraad van een product getraceerd op partij kan op 2 manieren gedaan worden:" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 msgid "Classic inventory by products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klassieke voorraad op producten" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 msgid "Inventory of a lot" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voorraad van een partij" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:84 @@ -2214,27 +2214,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Partij traceerbaarheid" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122 msgid "" "You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "U kan de partij traceerbaarheid controleren vanuit :menuselection:`Voorraad --> Voorraadcontrole --> Serienummers/Partijen`" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:119 msgid "You can have more details by clicking on the **Traceability** button :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "U kan meer details krijgen door te klikken op de **Traceerbaarheid** knop:" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:125 msgid ":doc:`differences`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`differences`" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "How to work with serial numbers?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe met serienummers werken?" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -2262,7 +2262,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46 msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Serienummers beheren" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -2272,13 +2272,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 msgid "Click on the serial number icon :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klik op het serienummer icoon:" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:59 msgid "" "A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial " "numbers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Een venster verschijnt. Klik op **Voeg item toe** en vul de serienummers in." #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -2289,7 +2289,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "In de scanner interface hoeft u enkel de serienummer in te scannen." #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -2298,7 +2298,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:82 msgid "Inventory of a serial number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voorraad van een serienummer" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -2308,7 +2308,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line." -msgstr "" +msgstr "De hoeveelheid moet 1 zijn voor elke lijn." #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -2320,7 +2320,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 msgid "Serial Number traceability" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Traceerbaarheid serienummer" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -2338,11 +2338,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Diverse operaties" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe stock te beheren die u niet bezit?" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -2385,11 +2385,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3 msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe planners te configureren en te laten lopen?" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6 msgid "What is a scheduler" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wat is een planner?" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -2401,7 +2401,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14 msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Berekenen vereisten / Planning" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -2421,11 +2421,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29 msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" -msgstr "" +msgstr "De planner configureren en laten lopen" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32 msgid "Run the scheduler manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voer de planner manueel uit" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -2445,7 +2445,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configureer en laat de scanner lopen (alleen voor geavanceerde gebruikers)" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -2464,17 +2464,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 msgid "How to scrap products?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe producten afkeuren?" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8 msgid "" "Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" " basic material" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Afkeuren betekend rest die geen economische waarde heeft of enkel de waarde van het basismateriaal" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11 msgid "content recoverable through recycling." @@ -2527,11 +2527,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 msgid "Different ways to scrap product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verschillende manieren om producten af te keuren" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49 msgid "Odoo provides several ways to scrap products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo biedt verschillende manieren aan om producten af te keuren." #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52 msgid "1) Scrap from Receipt (Initial Demand tab)." @@ -2597,15 +2597,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation.rst:3 msgid "How to do an inventory valuation?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe een voorraadwaardering te doen?" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:5 msgid "What are the different inventory valuation methods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wat zijn de verschillende voorraadwaardering methodes?" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:8 msgid "Costing Method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kostmethode" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -2615,42 +2615,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:52 msgid "Standard Price" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Standaard prijs" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:23 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:62 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:101 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:140 msgid "Operation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Operatie" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:24 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:63 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:102 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:141 msgid "Unit Cost" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eenheidskost" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:25 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:64 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:103 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:142 msgid "Qty On Hand" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beschikbare Hvh" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:26 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:65 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:104 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:143 msgid "Delta Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Delta waarde" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:27 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:66 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:105 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:144 msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voorraadwaarde" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:29 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:34 @@ -2662,14 +2662,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:151 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:161 msgid "$10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$10" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:30 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:69 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:108 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:147 msgid "0" -msgstr "" +msgstr "0" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:32 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:68 @@ -2679,182 +2679,182 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:146 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:149 msgid "$0" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$0" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:33 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:72 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:111 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:150 msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ontvang 8 producten aan $10" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:35 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:74 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:113 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:152 msgid "8" -msgstr "" +msgstr "8" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:36 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:75 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:114 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:153 msgid "+8*$10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "+8*$10" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:37 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:76 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:115 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:154 msgid "$80" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$80" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:38 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:77 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:116 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:155 msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ontvang 4 producten aan $16" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:40 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:79 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:118 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:157 msgid "12" -msgstr "" +msgstr "12" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:41 msgid "+4*$10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "+4*$10" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:42 msgid "$120" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$120" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:43 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:121 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:160 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lever 10 producten" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:45 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:84 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:123 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:162 msgid "2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:0 msgid "-10*$10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-10*$10" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:48 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:165 msgid "$20" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$20" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:49 msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ontvang 2 producten aan $9" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:51 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:90 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:129 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:168 msgid "4" -msgstr "" +msgstr "4" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:52 msgid "+2*$10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "+2*$10" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:53 msgid "$40" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$40" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:91 msgid "Average Price" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gemiddelde prijs" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:78 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:83 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:117 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:156 msgid "$12" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$12" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:80 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:119 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:158 msgid "+4*$16" -msgstr "" +msgstr "+4*$16" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:81 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:120 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:159 msgid "$144" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$144" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:82 msgid "Deliver 10 Products [#average-removal]_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lever 10 producten [#average-removal]_" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:0 msgid "-10*$12" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-10*$12" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:87 msgid "$24" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$24" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:88 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:127 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:166 msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ontvang 2 producten aan $6" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:89 msgid "$9" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$9" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:91 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:130 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:169 msgid "+2*$6" -msgstr "" +msgstr "+2*$6" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:92 msgid "$36" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$36" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:130 msgid "FIFO" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FIFO" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:122 msgid "$16" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$16" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:0 msgid "-8*$10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-8*$10" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:0 msgid "-2*$16" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-2*$16" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:126 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:170 msgid "$32" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$32" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:128 msgid "$11" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$11" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:131 msgid "$44" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$44" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:170 msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" @@ -2862,15 +2862,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:0 msgid "-4*$16" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-4*$16" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:0 msgid "-6*$10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-6*$10" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:167 msgid "$8" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$8" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -2898,54 +2898,54 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:208 msgid "Supplier Invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inkoopfactuur" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:192 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:216 msgid "\\" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\\" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:192 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:216 msgid "Debit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Debet" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:192 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:216 msgid "Credit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Credet" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:194 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:221 msgid "Assets: Inventory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activa: Voorraad" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:194 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:221 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:222 msgid "50" -msgstr "" +msgstr "50" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:195 msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activa: Uitgestelde belasting activa" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:195 msgid "4.68" -msgstr "" +msgstr "4.68" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:196 msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Passiva: Crediteur rekeningen" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:196 msgid "54.68" -msgstr "" +msgstr "54.68" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:203 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:229 msgid "Explanation:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uitleg:" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:200 msgid "A temporary account is used to note goods to receive" @@ -2972,7 +2972,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuratie:" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:206 msgid "" @@ -2991,25 +2991,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:210 msgid "Goods Receptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Goederen ontvangsten" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:211 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:242 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:244 msgid "No Journal Entry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Geen boekingen" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:239 msgid "Customer Invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klantfactuur" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:218 msgid "Revenue: Goods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opbrengst: Goederen" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:218 msgid "100" -msgstr "" +msgstr "100" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:219 msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" @@ -3017,7 +3017,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:219 msgid "9" -msgstr "" +msgstr "9" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:220 msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" @@ -3025,7 +3025,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:220 msgid "109" -msgstr "" +msgstr "109" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:222 msgid "Expenses: Cost of Goods Sold" @@ -3033,15 +3033,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:226 msgid "Revenues increase by $100" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opbrengst groei van $100" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:227 msgid "A tax to pay at the end of the month of $9" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Een belasting van $9 te betalen aan het einde van de maand" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:228 msgid "The customer owns you $109" -msgstr "" +msgstr "De klant is u $109 verschuldigd" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:229 msgid "The inventory is decreased by $50 (shipping of the goods)" @@ -3086,7 +3086,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:244 msgid "Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Productieorders" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:250 msgid "" @@ -3104,16 +3104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:263 msgid "14000 Inventory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "14000 Voorraad" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:263 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:264 msgid "$600" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$600" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:264 msgid "14700 Inventory Variations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "14700 Voorraad variaties" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:268 msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation" @@ -3147,7 +3147,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:16 msgid "Operations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Operaties" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -3156,27 +3156,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 msgid "Production Order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Productieorder" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:24 msgid "Consume:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verbruik:" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2 wielen: Stock → Productie" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1 Fietsframe: Stock → Productie" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26 msgid "Produce:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produceer:" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:27 msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1 fiets: productie → Stock" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from" @@ -3192,11 +3192,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:33 msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1 fiets: Leverancier → Klant" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 msgid "Configurarion:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuratie:" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "Supplier: on the product form" @@ -3277,7 +3277,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60 msgid "Missing products in inventory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ontbrekende producten in voorraad" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:61 msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Inventory Loss" @@ -3285,7 +3285,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62 msgid "Extra products in inventory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Extra producten in voorraad" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63 msgid "1 Bicycle: Inventory Loss → Warehouse" @@ -3297,7 +3297,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 msgid "Reception" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ontvangst" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Input" @@ -3317,7 +3317,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:75 msgid "Analysis" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Analyse" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -3341,13 +3341,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 msgid "New sale orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nieuwe verkooporders" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 msgid "Effect" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Effect" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -3363,7 +3363,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 msgid "Minimum Stock Rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Minimale stockregels" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:163 msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location." @@ -3417,7 +3417,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:202 #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Warehouses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Magazijnen" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:194 msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship" @@ -3455,7 +3455,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 msgid "A Product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Een product" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205 msgid "Product Route Example: Quality Control" @@ -3464,7 +3464,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217 msgid "Reception:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ontvangst:" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:208 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:218 @@ -3473,7 +3473,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209 msgid "Confirmation:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bevestiging:" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210 msgid "Input → Quality Control" @@ -3481,7 +3481,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 msgid "Storage:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opslag:" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 msgid "Quality Control → Stock" @@ -3489,7 +3489,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 msgid "Product Category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Productcategorie" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:215 msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock" @@ -3505,7 +3505,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 msgid "Delivery:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ontvangst:" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 msgid "Output → Customer" @@ -3513,7 +3513,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 msgid "Sale Order Line" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verkooporderlijn" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224 msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping" @@ -3521,7 +3521,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 msgid "Order:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Order:" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 msgid "Supplier → Customer" @@ -3529,7 +3529,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:230 msgid "Push Rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Push regels" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232 msgid "" @@ -3541,7 +3541,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88 msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kwaliteitscontrole" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:239 msgid "Product lands in Input" @@ -3591,11 +3591,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255 msgid "Purchase Order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inkooporder" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256 msgid "..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "..." #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258 msgid "" @@ -3785,7 +3785,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/start.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Starten" #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?" @@ -3810,19 +3810,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17 msgid "Setup your warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zet uw magazijn op" #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19 msgid "Import your vendors" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importeer uw fabrikanten" #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21 msgid "Import your products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importeer uw producten" #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23 msgid "Make the initial inventory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Maak de initiële voorraad" #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25 msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows" @@ -3852,7 +3852,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 msgid "Concepts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Concepten" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 msgid "How to organize a cross-dock in your warehouse?" @@ -3876,7 +3876,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 msgid "Warehouse and routes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Magazijnen en routes" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -3906,7 +3906,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 msgid "then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "klik vervolgens op **Opslaan**." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -3960,11 +3960,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95 msgid ":doc:`use_routes`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`use_routes`" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" @@ -4025,7 +4025,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 msgid "Creating a new inventory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Een nieuwe voorraad aanmaken" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -4059,7 +4059,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 msgid "Create an internal transfer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Interne overplaatsing aanmaken" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -4133,11 +4133,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 msgid "What is a push rule?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wat is een push regel?" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 msgid "How to use routes?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe routes te gebruiken?" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -4151,7 +4151,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 msgid "Manage default locations per product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beheer standaard locaties per product" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -4174,7 +4174,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 msgid "Pre-configured routes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voorgeconfigureerde routes" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." @@ -4381,7 +4381,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33 msgid "Setting up a strategy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Een strategie opzetten" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -4447,7 +4447,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/storage.rst:3 msgid "How to store specific products to specific locations?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe specifieke producten op te slaan op specifieke locaties?" #: ../../inventory/settings.rst:3 msgid "Settings" @@ -4526,7 +4526,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54 msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "In dit voorbeeld zitten we in de eieren markt:" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56 msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)" @@ -4611,7 +4611,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3 msgid "Using product variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Product varianten gebruiken" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4928,7 +4928,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wat is het verschil tussen magazijnen en locaties?" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5031,7 +5031,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35 msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klik op **Opslaan** wanneer u klaar bent." #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -5454,7 +5454,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klik op **Toepassen** wanneer u klaar bent." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 @@ -5608,7 +5608,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 msgid "Delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Levering" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bcc74bf29 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -0,0 +1,2185 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# +# Translators: +# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2015 +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-05 15:48+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-10 07:14+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken \n" +"Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/nl/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../purchase.rst:5 +msgid "Purchase" +msgstr "Inkoop" + +#: ../../purchase/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Overzicht" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Main Concepts" +msgstr "Hoofd concepten" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/concepts/introduction.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo Purchase Management" +msgstr "Introductie tot Odoo inkoop beheer" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 +msgid "Terminologies" +msgstr "Terminologie" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process.rst:3 +msgid "Process Overview" +msgstr "Proces overzicht" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:3 +msgid "Request for Quotation, Purchase Tender or Purchase Order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Although they are intimately related, Requests for Quotation, Purchase " +"Tenders and Purchase Orders are not the same." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A **Request for Quotation** (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " +"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, " +"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " +"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " +"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:15 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A **Purchase Tender** (PT), also known as Call for Bids, is used to drive " +"competition between several suppliers in order to get the best offer for a " +"list of products. In comparison to the RfQ, a Purchase Tender is sent to " +"multiple suppliers, stating each are competing with one another, and that " +"the best offer will win. The main interest is that it usually leads to " +"better offers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The **Purchase Order** (PO) is the actual order that you place to the " +"supplier that you chose, either through a RfQ, a Purchase Tender, or simply " +"when you already know which supplier to order from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:27 +msgid "When to use?" +msgstr "Wanneer te gebruiken?" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:29 +msgid "" +"A **RfQ** is interesting when you have never purchased the products with " +"that supplier before and therefore don't know their price. It is also useful" +" if you want to challenge your suppliers once you have a well-established " +"relationship with them. You can also use it to assess the cost of a project " +"and see if it makes it feasible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A **Purchase Tender** is used for public offers that require an open " +"offering from several suppliers. It is also useful when you need to make a " +"one-off order for a product and you would like to get the best offer, no " +"matter which supplier it is. It may be used when your supplier has not been " +"up to your standards and you would like to either push them to deliver a " +"better service, or find a replacement in their competitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:43 +msgid "When not to use?" +msgstr "Wanneer niet te gebruiken?" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:45 +msgid "" +"**RfQ**\\ s become unnecessary once you have established your favorite " +"supplier for each item, and will only increase the delay in the delivery of " +"your items. In that case, the process will be simpler by starting straight " +"from a Purchase Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:50 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Tenders** are a long and tedious process that will likely take " +"more than several weeks in the best cases. If you need a quick delivery, " +"this is not the way to go. Also, if you have a well-established relationship" +" with one supplier, think twice before you initiate a PT with them as it " +"might tear the relationship and finally lead to less interesting deals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:58 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:139 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:39 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "Voorbeeld" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:60 +msgid "" +"My company builds wooden furniture. For the new series of table we are " +"designing, we need some screws, metal frames and rubber protections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:63 +msgid "" +"I create a Request for Quotation in Odoo with those products to my usual " +"supplier, and send it by email. He answers back with an offer. However, I am" +" not convinced by the offer, and I want to see if anyone can give a better " +"one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:68 +msgid "" +"I decide to push competition a bit and set up a Purchase Tender, that Odoo " +"will send to a list of suppliers I specified. Out of the 8 offers I receive," +" one gets my attention and I decide to go ahead with that one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:72 +msgid "" +"I confirm the order to the supplier by creating a Purchase Order from the " +"PT, and Odoo automatically asks delivery of the items to the supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:77 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:31 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:16 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:14 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:58 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuratie" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you want to know how to create a **Purchase Order**, read the " +"documentation on :doc:`from_po_to_invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If you want to know how to create a **RfQ**, read the documentation on " +":doc:`../../purchases/rfq/create`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:85 +msgid "" +"If you want to know how to create a **Purchase Tender**, read the " +"documentation on :doc:`../../purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "From purchase order to invoice and receptions" +msgstr "Van inkooporder naar factuur en ontvangst" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/start.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "Starten" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/start/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup Odoo purchase?" +msgstr "Hoe Odoo inkoop op te zetten?" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases.rst:3 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "Inkopen" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 +msgid "Master Data" +msgstr "Meester data" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "How to configure products for purchases?" +msgstr "Hoe producten te configureren voor inkopen?" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 +msgid "How to import supplier pricelists?" +msgstr "Hoe leverancier prijslijsten te importeren?" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introductie" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Big companies use to import supplier pricelists day to day. Indeed, prices " +"are always changing and you need to get price up to date to deal with a high" +" number of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To manage supplier prices on product form, read this document " +"(:doc:`suppliers`). Here we will show you how to import customer prices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:16 +msgid "Required configuration" +msgstr "Vereiste configuratie" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:18 +msgid "In purchase settings, you have 2 options:" +msgstr "In de inkoop instellingen heeft u 2 opties:" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:20 +msgid "Manage vendor price on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:22 +msgid "Allow using and importing vendor pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:24 +msgid "Here we are selecting: **Allow using and importing vendor pricelists**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:30 +msgid "Import vendor pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:32 +msgid "" +"There are 2 scenarios: import the vendor pricelist for the first time, or " +"update an existing vendor pricelist. In both scenarios, we assume your " +"product list and vendor list is updated and you want to import the price " +"list of vendors for a given product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To understand big principle of import of data, we invite you to read related" +" doc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To import a list from a document, the best pratice is to export first to get" +" an example of data formating and a proper header to reimport." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:50 +msgid "Import the list for the first time" +msgstr "Importeer de lijst voor de eerste keer" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:53 +msgid "Prepare the document" +msgstr "Het document voorbereiden" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase --> Supplier Pricelists`, export a " +"template of document to get import/export compatible and get the right " +"format to import in mass. Create manually a data and export it " +"(:menuselection:`select --> Action --> Export`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:63 +msgid "Here is the list of fields you can import:" +msgstr "Hier is de lijst van velden die u kan importeren:" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:66 +msgid "**Header of the document to import (csv, xls)**" +msgstr "**Hoofd van het document om te importeren (csv, xls)**" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:66 +msgid "**Meaning and how to get it**" +msgstr "**Betekenis en hoe deze te krijgen**" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:66 +msgid "**Example**" +msgstr "**Bijvoorbeeld**" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:68 +msgid "name_id" +msgstr "name_id" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:68 +msgid "Vendor ID -> export supplier list to get it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:68 +msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.res\\_partner\\_12" +msgstr "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.res\\_partner\\_12" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70 +msgid "product_code" +msgstr "product_code" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70 +msgid "Vendor product Code -> free text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70 +msgid "569874" +msgstr "569874" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72 +msgid "price" +msgstr "prijs" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72 +msgid "Vendor Price -> free text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72 +msgid "1500" +msgstr "1500" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:74 +msgid "product_tmpl_id.id" +msgstr "product_tmpl_id.id" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:74 +msgid "Product Template ID -> export you product list to get it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:74 +msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.product_template_13" +msgstr "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.product_template_13" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:76 +msgid "currency_id.id" +msgstr "currency_id.id" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:76 +msgid "Currency -> to get it export the currency list" +msgstr "Valuta -> om deze te krijgen exporteert u de valuta lijst" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:78 +msgid "date_end" +msgstr "date_end" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:78 +msgid "End date of the price validity" +msgstr "Einddatum van de prijs validiteit" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:78 +msgid "2015-10-22" +msgstr "2015-10-22" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:80 +msgid "min_qty" +msgstr "min_qty" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:80 +msgid "Minimal quantity to purchase from this vendor" +msgstr "Minimale hoeveelheid om te kopen van deze leverancier" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:80 +msgid "2" +msgstr "2" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:82 +msgid "product_id.id" +msgstr "product_id.id" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:82 +msgid "Product Variante name -> export your variant list to get it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:82 +msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.product\\_13" +msgstr "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.product\\_13" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:84 +msgid "date_start" +msgstr "date_start" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:84 +msgid "Start date of price validity" +msgstr "Startdatum van de prijs validiteit" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:84 +msgid "2015-12-31" +msgstr "2015-12-31" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:87 +msgid "You obtain a document which can be imported, fill in your vendor pices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Import this document in Odoo. Click on **Import** in the list view and " +"upload your document. You can validate and check error. Once the system " +"tells you everything is ok, you can import the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:102 +msgid "" +"After the import, the **Vendors** section in **Inventory** tab of the " +"product form is filled in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:106 +msgid "Update the vendor pricelist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When the pricelist of your suppliers change, it is necessary to update " +"existing prices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Follow the procedure of the first scenario in order to export existing data " +"from :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> Vendor Pricelist`. Select " +"everything, and export from the **Action** menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Change price, end date, add a line, change a supplier, ... and then reimport" +" in Odoo. Thanks to the ID, the list will be updated. Either the id is " +"recognized and the line is updated or the ID is not known by Odoo and it " +"will create a new pricelist line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:120 +msgid "" +"After the import, the **Vendors** section in **Inventory** tab of the " +"product form is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 +msgid "How to set several suppliers on a product?" +msgstr "Hoe verschillende leveranciers op een product in stellen?" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 +msgid "How to purchase in different unit of measures than sales?" +msgstr "Hoe in verschillende maateenheden te kopen en verkopen?" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In day-to-day business, it may happen that your supplier uses a different " +"unit of measure than you do in sales. This can cause confusion between sales" +" and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time converting" +" measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures " +"between sales and purchase very easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 +msgid "Let's take the following examples:" +msgstr "Laten we de volgende voorbeelden nemen:" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You buy water from a supplier. The supplier is american and sells his water " +"in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus like to " +"see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold " +"quantities in **Liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the" +" unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 +msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" +msgstr "Installeer de inkoop en verkoop modules" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are " +"correctly installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 +msgid "|uom01|" +msgstr "|uom01|" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 +msgid "|uom02|" +msgstr "|uom02|" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 +msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" +msgstr "Activeer de maateenheid optie" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different " +"unit of measures (advanced)** box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 +msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" +msgstr "Specificeer verkopen en inkopen hun maateenheden " + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49 +msgid "Standard units of measures" +msgstr "Standaard maateenheden" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. " +"Please remember that differents units of measures between sales and purchase" +" necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, " +"**weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 +msgid "" +"It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not " +"standard in Odoo (see next chapter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our " +"customers in **Liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 +msgid "" +"We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " +"Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Create your own product or select an existing one. In the products general " +"information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of measure** (will" +" be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for " +"purchase)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for " +"**Purchase Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 +msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" +msgstr "Maak uw eigen maateenheid aan en een maateenheid categorie" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the " +"supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the " +"curtains in **square meters**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The two measures are part of two different categories. Remember, you cannot " +"relate an existing measure from one category with an existing measure of " +"another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category**" +" where both units have a conversion relationship." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, go into your sales module select :menuselection:`Configuration -->" +" Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by" +" selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture " +"below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called " +"**Inter-Category-Computation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create the **Rolls** and **Square meter** units of " +"measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your " +"purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units " +"of Measure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 +msgid "Create two new units:" +msgstr "Maak twee nieuwe eenheden aan:" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The **Roll** unit who is part of the Inter-Category-Computation category and" +" is the **Reference Unit type** (see picture below). The Reference Unit type" +" is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning that other " +"measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square" +" meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118 +msgid "" +"For the **Square Meter**, we will specify that ``1 Roll = 10 square meters``" +" of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square " +"meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as " +"``one Roll = 10 square meters``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 +msgid "" +"It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a " +"**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:133 +msgid ":doc:`configuration`" +msgstr ":doc:`configuration`" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 +msgid "Request for Quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "How to analyze the performance of my vendors?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " +"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " +"track and analyze your vendor’s performance :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 +msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 +msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13 +msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 +msgid "Etc." +msgstr "Enz." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " +"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " +"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " +"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " +"their future orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:17 +msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " +"module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 +msgid "Issue some purchase orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " +"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**. " +"If you want to know how to generate a purchase order, please read the " +"documentation :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:44 +msgid "Analyzing your vendors" +msgstr "Analyseer uw leveranciers" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:47 +msgid "Generate flexible reports" +msgstr "Genereer flexibele rapporten" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " +"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " +"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " +"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " +"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " +"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:60 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " +"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " +"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " +"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on “Products”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " +"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" +" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " +"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:77 +msgid "" +"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " +"dependent and one independent measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:81 +msgid "Customize reports" +msgstr "Personaliseer rapporten" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " +"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " +"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " +"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " +"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " +"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " +"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " +"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:97 +msgid "" +"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " +"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " +"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:103 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:76 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:132 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup two levels of approval for purchase orders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 +msgid "How to control supplier bills?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " +"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " +"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" +" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " +"management processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:13 +msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" +msgstr "Hier is de standaard werk flow in Odoo:" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " +"vendor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " +"Order (PO)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " +"stockable products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " +"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:27 +msgid "" +"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " +"only one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 +msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 +msgid "" +"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " +"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing purchase will " +"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:41 +msgid "Creating products" +msgstr "Producten aanmaken" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " +"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the **Products** submenu under **Purchase**," +" and click **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:50 +msgid "" +"When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as " +"it is important:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Products that are set as **Stockable** or **Consumable** will allow you to " +"keep track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management " +"and will allow for receiving these kinds of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service** or **Digital Product** " +"will not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " +"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " +"of these designations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:64 +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " +"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " +"management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product" +" type to **Service**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:70 +msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:73 +msgid "Purchasing products or services" +msgstr "Koop producten of diensten" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:75 +msgid "" +"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " +"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " +"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor " +"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the " +"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " +"Reference)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the **Inventory** " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:89 +msgid "Receiving Products" +msgstr "Producten ontvangen" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " +"you will need to receive the products from the **Inventory** application " +"after you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory** dashboard, you " +"should see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This " +"button is outlined in red below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be " +"received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:106 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" +" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the " +"**Vendor** (or **Partner**), the product, or the source document, also known" +" as the reference of your purchase order. You also have the capability to " +"group the orders by different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item" +" from this list will open the following screen where you then will receive " +"the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:117 +msgid "Purchasing **Service** products does not trigger a delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:120 +msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" +msgstr "Beheer leverancier rekeningen" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:122 +msgid "" +"When you receive a **Vendor Bill** for a previous purchase, be sure to " +"record it in the **Purchases** application under the **Control Menu**. You " +"need to create a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a **Vendor Bill** is to " +"select the appropriate **Vendor** as this will also pull up any associated " +"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify " +"any one or multiple purchase orders to populate the vendor bill with. When " +"you select a purchase order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced " +"products associated to that purchase order and automatically populate that " +"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " +"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " +"reference number or your internal purchase order number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:144 +msgid "" +"While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need" +" (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:149 +msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same purchase order if:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:154 +msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " +"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " +"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this" +" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and" +" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" +" validate the vendor bill, you may override this zero quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:165 +msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:168 +msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:170 +msgid "" +"If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what " +"Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several " +"reasons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" +" have not ordered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," +" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:181 +msgid "Or the vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:183 +msgid "" +"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " +"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " +"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:187 +msgid "" +"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " +"could be due to one of a few reasons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order, therefore it is" +" not going to appear anywhere in the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:196 +msgid "Or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:199 +msgid "How product quantities are managed" +msgstr "Hoe producthoeveelheden beheerd worden" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:201 +msgid "" +"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " +"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:204 +msgid "" +"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " +"quantities, you will need to enable **Debug Mode** from the **About Odoo** " +"information. Once debug mode is activated, select the product(s) you wish to" +" modify, and you should see a new field appear, labeled **Control Purchase " +"Bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:213 +msgid "" +"You can then change the default management method for the selected product " +"to be based on either:" +msgstr "U kan vervolgens de standaard beheer methode van het geselecteerde product wijzigen om gebaseerd te zijn op:" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:216 +msgid "Ordered quantities" +msgstr "Bestelde hoeveelheden" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:218 +msgid "Received quantities" +msgstr "Ontvangen hoeveelheden" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:221 +msgid "Batch Billing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:223 +msgid "" +"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " +"you may continue to select additional purchase orders and Odoo will add the " +"additional line items from that purchase order. If you have not deleted the " +"previous line items from the first purchase order the bill will be linked to" +" all the appropriate purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "How to cancel a purchase order?" +msgstr "Hoe een inkooporder annuleren?" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Due to misunderstandings, human errors or change of plans, it is sometimes " +"necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo allows you to do" +" it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10 +msgid "" +"We will first take as example the case where you order **3 iPad mini** that " +"haven't arrived in your transfers yet. As the installation of the inventory " +"application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it is also " +"interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to " +"cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "Maak een inkooporder" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for " +"Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> " +"Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To learn more about the purchase order process, read the documentation page " +":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 +msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" +msgstr "Annuleer uw inkooporder" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:33 +msgid "Use case 1 : you didn’t receive your goods yet" +msgstr "Usecase 1: u heeft nog geen goederen ontvangen" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, " +"you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO " +"and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:48 +msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" +msgstr "Usecase 2: Deels geleverde goederen" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to " +"cancel the PO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:54 +msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to cancel " +"the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped." +" From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order " +"line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:66 +msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`" +msgstr "Zie :doc:`reception` om meer te leren" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed " +"less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will " +"ask you the permission to create a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You" +" will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, " +"therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:83 +msgid "Create reverse transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your vendor" +" location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document." +" A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the" +" corresponding location and click on **Return**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your " +"stock to your vendor location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 +msgid "" +"When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be" +" automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely " +"cancelled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:104 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`bills`" +msgstr ":doc:`bills`" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:105 +msgid ":doc:`reception`" +msgstr ":doc:`reception`" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a Request for Quotation?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Request for Quotation (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " +"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, " +"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " +"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " +"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:12 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For more information on best uses, please read the chapter " +":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`" +msgstr "Voor meer informatie over de beste manieren leest u best het hoofdstuk :doc:`../../overview/process/difference`" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:19 +msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for " +"Quotation` and click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by " +"clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the " +"date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:35 +msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " +"in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " +"and selecting the unit of measure. In the **Unit Price** field, specify the " +"price you would like to be offered (you can also leave the field blank if " +"you don't know what the price should be) , and add the expected delivery " +"date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, then **Print Rfq** or " +"**Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this " +"supplier or enter a new one)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 +msgid "" +"After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" +" switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " +"**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " +"payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " +"the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" +" corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/currency.rst:3 +msgid "How to purchase in a foreign currency?" +msgstr "Hoe aan te kopen in een andere valuta?" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 +msgid "How to control product received? (entirely & partially)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control " +"products to receive and to control supplier bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first" +" thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been " +"purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 +msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This " +"will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among " +"others), which is required with **Purchase**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 +msgid "Create products" +msgstr "Maak producten" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the " +"**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 +msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is " +"installed): there is no control about what you receive or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45 +msgid "" +"It's always good to create a **Miscellaneous** product for all the products " +"you purchased rarely and for which you don’t want to manage the stocks or " +"have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to" +" set his product type field as **Service**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52 +msgid "Control products receptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55 +msgid "Purchase products" +msgstr "Producten aankopen" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57 +msgid "" +"From the purchase application, create a purchase order with a few products. " +"If the vendor sent you a sale order or a quotation, put its reference in the" +" **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to easily do the matching " +"with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably " +"include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 +msgid "" +"See the documentation page :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` " +"for a full overview of the purchase process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:71 +msgid "Receive Products" +msgstr "Ontvang producten" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you can " +"receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the " +"**Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the " +"receipt box of the related warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to search " +"on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product or the " +"source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. You can open" +" the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all " +"the lines within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:96 +msgid "" +"You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the **Validate** " +"button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the " +"**Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, " +"it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed " +"quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record " +"the quantity received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:107 +msgid "" +"When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the" +" initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create " +"Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If " +"you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:121 +msgid ":doc:`cancel`" +msgstr ":doc:`cancel`" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/subcontracting.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage sub-contracting (purchase of services)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase Tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage multiple offers from suppliers with purchase tenders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:19 +msgid "Activating the Purchase Tender function" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:21 +msgid "" +"By default, the Purchase Tender is not activated. To be able to use PTs, you" +" must first activate the option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In the Purchases module, open the Configuration menu and click on Settings. " +"In the Purchase Order section, locate the **Calls for Tenders** and tick the" +" box Allow using call for tenders… (advanced), then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:33 +msgid "Creating a Purchase Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To create a new Purchase Tender, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase " +"Tenders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the Purchase Tenders window, click on **Create**. A new Purchase Tenders " +"window opens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:43 +msgid "By default, Odoo names PTs \"TEXXXXX\" but you can change it as you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In the **Responsible** field, you can select the person who will be in " +"charge of the PT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:51 +msgid "In the **Tender Selection Type** menu, you can decide to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:53 +msgid "" +"select only one RfQ and automatically cancel all other bid: *Select only one" +" RFQ (exclusive)*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:55 +msgid "allow multiple purchase orders for this PT: *Select multiple RFQ*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Tick in the box **Multiple RFQ per vendor** if you wish to allow suppliers " +"to send in more than one Request for Quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:63 +msgid "" +"In the **Tender Closing Deadline** field, select the date to bids are closed" +" for suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In the **Scheduled Ordering Date** field, select the date to which you will " +"place the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"In the **Scheduled Date** field, select the date to which the products " +"should be delivered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In the **Source Document** field, you can insert a previous PO to use as a " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:78 +msgid "In the Products section, click on **Add an item**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Select the product in the **Product** list, then insert **Quantity**. You " +"can add as many products as you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click on **Save**, then on **Confirm Call**. Two new RFQs/Bids and Request a" +" Quotation tabs have appeared on the right side of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Click on **Request a Quotation** and type in the names of the suppliers you " +"wish to include in the PT, then click on **Create Request for Quotation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:98 +msgid "" +"A list of suppliers has appeared in the **Requests for Quotation** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To send the RfQs to your suppliers, click on the green V icon. You can also " +"review the RfQ before sending them by clicking on them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:107 +msgid "" +"When you receive offers, click on the RFQs/Bids tab. In the list view, " +"select the company and click on **Edit** to adapt the details as stated in " +"the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:114 +msgid "When you have edited all the corresponding fields, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:116 +msgid "" +"When the deadline has been reached, click on **Close Call for Tenders**. The" +" status of the PT is now **Bid Selection**. Open the RFQs/Bids tab and open " +"the RfQ(s) you wish to proceed with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Click on **Approve Order** to convert the RfQ into a Purchase Order, the go " +"back to your PT and click on **Done** to close the PT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:128 +msgid "View *Purchase Tenders* in our Online Demonstration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:134 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:3 +msgid "" +"How to purchase partially at two vendors for the same purchase tenders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:5 +msgid "" +"For some Purchase Tenders (PT), you might sometimes want to be able to " +"select only a part of some of the offers you received. In Odoo, this is made" +" possible through the advanced mode of the **Purchase** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you want to know how to handle a simple **Purchase Tender**, read the " +"document on :doc:`manage_multiple_offers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:19 +msgid "From the **Apps** menu, install the **Purchase Management** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:25 +msgid "Activating the Purchase Tender and Purchase Tender advanced mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to select elements of an offer, you must activate the " +"advanced mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To do so, go into the **Purchases** module, open the **Configuration** menu " +"and click on **Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In the **Calls for Tenders** section, tick the option **Allow using call for" +" tenders to get quotes from multiple suppliers(...)**, and in the **Advanced" +" Calls for Tenders** section, tick the option **Advanced call for tender " +"(...)** then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:42 +msgid "Selecting elements of a RFQ/Bid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase Tenders`. Create a purchase " +"tender containing several products, and follow the usual sequence all the " +"way to the **Bid Selection** status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:49 +msgid "" +"When you closed the call, click on **Choose Product Lines** to access the " +"list of products and the bids received for all of them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Unroll the list of offers you received for each product, and click on the " +"*v* symbol (**Confirm order**) next to the offers you wish to proceed with. " +"The lines for which you've confirmed the order turn blue. When you're " +"finished, click on **Generate PO** to create a purchase order for each " +"product and supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When you come back to you purchase tender, you can see that the status has " +"switched to **PO Created** and that the **Requests for Quotations** now have" +" a status of **Purchase Order** or **Cancelled**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:72 +msgid "" +"From there, follow the documentation " +":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` to proceed with the " +"delivery and invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:76 +msgid ":doc:`manage_multiple_offers`" +msgstr ":doc:`manage_multiple_offers`" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment.rst:3 +msgid "Replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3 +msgid "Replenishment Flows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 +msgid "How are the order date and scheduled dates computed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " +"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company, Odoo " +"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " +"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " +"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " +"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:13 +msgid "Configuring lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Configuring **lead times** is an essential move in order to compute " +"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " +"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients. " +"Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:21 +msgid "On a product level" +msgstr "Op een productniveau" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:24 +msgid "Supplier lead time:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The supplier lead time is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your " +"purchased product. To configure the Supplier lead time select a product " +"(from the Purchase module, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Product`), and" +" go in the **Inventory** tab. You will have to add a **Vendor** to your " +"product in order to select a supplier lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:36 +msgid "" +"It is possible to add more than one vendor per product and thus different " +"delivery lead times depending on the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once a vendor is selected, click on it to open its form and indicate its " +"delivery lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery days " +"will be equal to: Date of the purchase order + Delivery Lead Time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:50 +msgid "Customer lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your " +"store/warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. " +"Simply select a product (from the **Sales** module, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Product`), and go into the **Sales** tab to " +"indicate your customer lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:62 +msgid "On the company level" +msgstr "Op het bedrijfsniveau" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:64 +msgid "" +"On company level, it is possible to parameter **security days** in order to " +"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " +"is to subtract **backup** days from the computed scheduled date in case of " +"delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:70 +msgid "Sales Safety days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Sales Safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" +" your clients engagements on time. They are margins of errors for delivery " +"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " +"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " +"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " +"the one you promised to your client. That way you are sure to be able to " +"keep your commitment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To set up your security dates, go to the app :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General settings`, and click on **Configure your company data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 +msgid "Go the **Configuration** tab to indicate the number of safety days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Note that you can in this menu configure a default **Manufacturing** lead " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:97 +msgid "Purchase days" +msgstr "Inkoopdagen" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:99 +msgid "Purchase days response to the same logic than sales security days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:101 +msgid "" +"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " +"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled in order to " +"cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can be found in the " +"same menu as the sales safety days (see screenshot above)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:108 +msgid "On route level" +msgstr "Op route niveau" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The internal transfers due to the movement of stocks can also influence the " +"computed date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **Inventory** " +"module when creating a new push rule for a new route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Read the documentation " +":doc:`../../../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule` to learn more." +msgstr "Lees de documentatie :doc:`../../../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule` om meer te leren." + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:125 +msgid "On document level:" +msgstr "Op document niveau:" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:128 +msgid "Requested date" +msgstr "Aanvraagdatum" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers the possibility to indicate a requested date by the client " +"straight on the sale order, under the tab **Other information**. If this " +"date is earlier than the theoretically computed date, Odoo will " +"automatically display a warning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:141 +msgid "" +"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " +"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." +" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " +"on your configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:146 +msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" +msgstr "Januari 19: werkelijk geplande leverdatum (1 dag na de verkoop veiligheid dag)" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:148 +msgid "" +"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:151 +msgid "" +"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " +"lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:154 +msgid "" +"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " +"needs on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup drop-shipping?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 +msgid "How to trigger the purchase of products based on sales?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/replenishment_methods.rst:3 +msgid "What are the available automated replenishment methods?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a minimum stock rule?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5 +msgid "" +"For some items you hold in stock, it might be useful to have rules making " +"sure you never run out of stocks (for example, products with a high demand, " +"or large items requiring a lot of storage space meaning they're harder to " +"stock)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to set up rules so that an automatic replenishment for those" +" items is made, based on minimum stocks available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:14 +msgid "When should I use Reordering Rules?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Reordering Rules work best for items that have a high demand and high flow. " +"It will relieve you from a lot of work to focus on the rest of your " +"activities knowing that stocks will always be right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:20 +msgid "" +"It can also be used when you have limited storage space and you need to keep" +" large items in stock. In this case, you can keep as little as 1 item in " +"stock, and have a new one ordered as a stock replenishment as soon as the " +"item in stock is sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:26 +msgid "When should I avoid Reordering Rules?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If you are offering a new product and don't know yet how fast it will go, " +"you should handle stocks yourself first, and setup reordering rules only a " +"few months into the sale to have better forecasts of the demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you sell items that have a limited lifetime, such as fashion items, " +"technology items, or products working together with a system that is meant " +"to evolve, you have to be very well informed on when to stop automated " +"replenishments, in order to avoid having to sell these items at a price that" +" will not allow you to break even." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 +msgid "" +"My company sells modern furniture. We sell a set of table and chairs that " +"are available in 4 seatings and 6 seatings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To keep things simple, we stock tables and chairs separately, but sell them " +"all together to our clients as a kit. In order to make sure we can always " +"deliver a complete set of table and chairs, I setup a Reordering Rule for " +"the chairs to make sure I always have at least 10 chairs in stock, but no " +"more than 20. This way, I can sell up to 5 sets of table at once while " +"keeping my stock low enough not to eat up all my storage space." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The last table I sold was a 4 seatings, and there were 12 chairs left in my " +"stock. Because the stock in chairs is now only 8 chairs, Odoo will " +"automatically order 12 new chairs to fill up my stock to the maximum amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:61 +msgid "Set up your product" +msgstr "Zet uw product op" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:63 +msgid "" +"In the Purchases module, open the Purchase menu and click on Products. Open " +"the product to which you would like to add a Reordering Rule (or create a " +"new one)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:67 +msgid "3 conditions for correct reordering rule :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:69 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`General information --> Product type`, make the product " +"stockable (as soon as this is done, the icon \"Reordering rule will appear)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:71 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Inventory --> route`, tick the \"Buy\" box (and untick " +"the Make To Order box)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Select a vendor (don't forget to put a minimal quantity greater than 0)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:76 +msgid "Create a reordering rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:78 +msgid "Click on the Reordering Rules tab, click on Create. A new page opens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:83 +msgid "" +"By default, Reordering Rules in Odoo are named as \"OP/XXXXX\" but you are " +"free to use any nomenclature. You can modify it via the **Name** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:86 +msgid "The **Product** field is the product you are creating the rule for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Select the warehouse to which the product should be delivered in the " +"**Warehouse** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If you have configured multiple warehouses and location, specify the " +"location in which the product will be stored in the **Location** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:96 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location`" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:102 +msgid "" +"In the **Minimum Quantity** field, insert the quantity to which the system " +"will trigger a new order for replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:105 +msgid "" +"In the **Maximum Quantity** field, insert the maximum of items that has to " +"be stocked. The replenishing order will be based on that quantity to " +"reorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The **Quantity Multiple** is the lowest number of items that can be ordered " +"at once. For instance, some items may be only available for purchase in a " +"set of 2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:113 +msgid "" +"In the Misc section, the **Active** box allows you to activate or deactivate" +" the rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:116 +msgid "In the **Lead Time** section, you can enter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:118 +msgid "" +"the number of Day(s) to purchase: correspond to the number of days for the " +"supplier to receive the order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:120 +msgid "the number of Day(s) to get the products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:122 +msgid "" +"By default, the lead times are in calendar days. You can change that in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Minimum Stock " +"Rules`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:125 +msgid "When you have entered all the info, click on Save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:127 +msgid "" +"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" +" stock, the system will automatically send a RfQ to your supplier based on " +"your maximum quantity to replenish your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the Inventory " +"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " +"12:00PM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To know how to configure and run the schedulers manually, read the document " +"on :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:140 +msgid ":doc:`replenishment_methods`" +msgstr ":doc:`replenishment_methods`" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:142 +msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:3 +msgid "How to trigger a warning when purchasing at a specific vendor?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 +msgid "Multi-Companies" +msgstr "Multi-bedrijven" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting.rst:3 +msgid "Trouble-Shooting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:3 +msgid "How to check that everything is working fine?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/not_generated.rst:3 +msgid "My purchase orders have not been generated, why?" +msgstr ""